CX600 V600R007C00 Commission Guide 04(PDF)

March 26, 2018 | Author: Amit Agrawal | Category: Secure Shell, Command Line Interface, Multiprotocol Label Switching, Login, Computer Network


Comments



Description

HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service PlatformV600R007C00 Commissioning Guide Issue 04 Date 2014-04-01 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Trademarks and Permissions and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders. Notice The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Address: Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China Website: http://www.huawei.com Email: [email protected] Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. i HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide About This Document About This Document Purpose This document is a guide to CX600 commissioning and verification. It describes how to commission hardware, links, services, and maintenance and management during deployment, ensuring stable and reliable operation of CX600 on networks. The intended audience of this document includes installation and commissioning engineers. NOTE l This document takes interface numbers and link types of the CX600-X8 as an example. In working situations, the actual interface numbers and link types may be different from those used in this document. l In CX600 series (except for the CX600-X1/X2), line processing boards are called Line Processing Units (LPUs) and switching fabric boards are called Switching Fabric Units (SFUs). The CX600-X1/ X2 has no LPU and SFU, and packet switching and forwarding are centrally performed by the Network Processing Unit (NPU). NOTICE Note the following precautions: l Currently, the device supports the AES and SHA2 encryption algorithms. AES is reversible, while SHA2 is irreversible. A protocol interworking password must be reversible, and a local administrator password must be irreversible. l If the plain parameter is specified, the password will be saved in plaintext in the configuration file, which has a high security risk. Therefore, specifying the cipher parameter is recommended. To further improve device security, periodically change the password. l Do not set both the start and end characters of a password to "%$%$." This causes the password to be displayed directly in the configuration file. Related Versions The following table lists the product versions related to this document. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ii performance deterioration. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which. iii .HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide About This Document Product Name Version HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform V600R007C00 Intended Audience This document is intended for: l Data configuration engineers l Commissioning engineers l Network monitoring engineers l System maintenance engineers Symbol Conventions The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows. equipment damage. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Symbol Description Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which. Ltd. could result in equipment damage. or unanticipated results. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which. if not avoided. NOTE is used to address information not related to personal injury. could result in death or serious injury. and environment deterioration.. may result in minor or moderate injury. will result in death or serious injury. data loss. best practices and tips. Calls attention to important information. if not avoided. if not avoided. NOTICE is used to address practices not related to personal injury. if not avoided. Ltd. Changes in Issue 03 (2013-11-30) The third commercial release. # A line starting with the # sign is comments.. Changes in Issue 01 (2013-06-15) This issue is the first official release.. ]* Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. Convention Description Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface. Several items or no item can be selected.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide About This Document Command Conventions The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Italic Command arguments are in italics. } Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. { x | y | .. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all items can be selected... [] Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional. One item is selected. Changes in Issue 04 (2014-04-01) The fourth commercial release. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Change History Changes between document issues are cumulative. ] Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. The latest document issue contains all the changes made in earlier issues.. }* Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. iv . Changes in Issue 02 (2013-09-30) The second commercial release. [ x | y | . [ x | y | . &<1-n> The parameter before the & sign can be repeated 1 to n times. One item is selected or no item is selected.... { x | y | . ............................................................................................................................................................................................5 Checking the Power Status..........................................................................................................................................................................4 Checking E-Carrier and T-Carrier Interfaces........................................8 Checking Alarm Information...................37 4...................................................................................................2 Checking POS Interfaces...............................................HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide Contents Contents About This Document......................9 Checking the Voltage of Each Board............................................................20 3 Connecting a Device to the NMS......................................................................................................53 5..............................................................30 4...........................................41 5.................................................................3 Logging In to the CX600 by Using SSH........................................................ Ltd...44 5.....................61 6....................................................................63 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co................................................................................................................................................................7 2....................2 Logging In to the CX600 by Using Telnet............................................................................4 2....3 Checking CPOS Interfaces..........................................................34 4.........................................................................................................................................................47 5...1 Logging In to the CX600 by Using the Console Interface.......................................2 Commissioning 1588v2...........................................59 6............................................................................34 4.......................................................................................................................6 Checking System Time...................................................................................................................................................................................................6 Checking FR Interfaces.........................................................................................................................................................................57 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols.....................................................................................................................ii 1 Commissioning Flow..................................................................................................................31 4.....................................5 Checking ATM Interfaces............................1 Checking the Software Version............ v ...38 4.................................................................7 Checking the Optical Power of Interfaces...........................1 Checking Ethernet Interfaces.............................................................................................................1 Commissioning Static Routes.........................................31 4.........25 4 Checking the Hardware...............................2 Checking the Health Status of the CX600.39 5 Commissioning the Link Layer.......................................50 5...........................................................................................................................................................................................................10 2..........................................55 5...............................................................................................3 Checking the Board Registration Status.............................................10 Checking the Temperature of Each Board..................................................35 4................35 4............................................................4 Checking the Fan Status..........................................7 Checking the Interface Status......................................................................................4 Configuring NAP for Remote Deployment..............................................................................1 2 Logging In to the CX600......................................................29 4...................................................................3 2...........................42 5......................... ...............................................8 Commissioning MPLS TE...............................................................................................................................................................11 Commissioning VPLS............................172 A.............140 7 Commission Examples.......................................... Ltd....................................................................................161 A...............................................119 6...............14 Commissioning VPN IP FRR......................13 Commissioning IP FRR on the Public Network...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................12 Interface Attributes of OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP..........3 Interface Attributes of 100/1000Base-CSFP.......7 Interface Attributes of 40GBase-CFP............................................................95 6..................................1 Example for Commissioning an IP Bearer Network..143 7..................111 6.............................................9 Commissioning BGP/MPLS IP VPN...................................................................90 6.......106 6...........................................17 Commissioning MPLS TE FRR.....................HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide Contents 6............................................................................................................168 A..........................................................................................4 Commissioning IS-IS Routes.............................................6 Commissioning EBGP Routes.......................67 6..............................4 Interface Attributes of 1000Base-X-SFP.........169 A................................16 Interface Attributes of OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP.........................................................17 Interface Attributes of CE1/CT1................................................................................13 Interface Attributes of OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP................................................................................................................................10 Commissioning VPWS.........................................16 Commissioning RSVP GR............................................... vi .........................136 6....7 Commissioning MPLS LDP................................................................................165 A...78 6...................................................................3 Commissioning OSPF Routes.....74 6....................172 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.............6 Interface Attributes of 10GBase LAN-SFP+.................................130 6.........................................................................................................................155 A..................................................................................170 A.......................................................................................................................................................................99 6..................................................................................................................................................15 Commissioning OSPF FRR........................................................5 Commissioning IBGP Routes..........................................................................19 Commissioning VPN FRR..................................................................................126 6........18 Interface Attributes of E3/T3.............................................................14 Interface Attributes of OC-768c/STM-256c POS-LC................9 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c cPOS-SFP................................................................................164 A....................................................................................................................................................................................11 Interface Attributes of OC-12c/STM-4c POS-SFP............................................................................................................................................................................................................144 A List of Interface Attributes...................................................8 Interface Attributes of 100GBase-CFP.....................................................................162 A...2 Interface Attributes of 100Base-FX.............................................163 A............1 Interface Attributes of 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45..................................................................................................................................................................................158 A..........................................157 A.........................................157 A................................159 A..120 6...............160 A.......................................................................116 6.....................................................................................84 6....................................10 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP...15 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP................................5 Interface Attributes of 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP....................................171 A...................................................................................................................................................166 A.....................................................12 Commissioning BFD...167 A.....................................................................124 6......18 Commissioning CR-LSP Hot Standby...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Three login methods. Figure 1-1 shows the commissioning flow. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. fans. Figure 1-1 Commissioning flow Logging In to the CX600 Checking the Hardware Commissioning the Link Layer Commissioning Services and Protocols Table 1-1 describes commissioning procedures. 1 . Table 1-1 Commissioning procedures Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Commissioning Procedure Description Logging In to the CX600 Describes how to log in to the CX600 for later commissioning. Users can know the entire process of CX600 commissioning in site deployment after reading this section. Ltd. and interfaces to prepare for CX600 commissioning.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 1 Commissioning Flow 1 Commissioning Flow This chapter describes the CX600 commissioning flow. boards. login by using the console interface. Telnet.. Checking the Hardware Describes how to check the power supply. are introduced. and Secure Shell (SSH). when the CX600 is connected to other routers or transport devices. Commissioning Services and Protocols Describes how to commission services and protocols. tunnel services. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. and BFD functions. VPN services.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide Issue 04 (2014-04-01) 1 Commissioning Flow Commissioning Procedure Description Commissioning the Link Layer Describes how to commission the link layer when the CX600 is connected to otherrouters ortransport devices.. especially routing protocols. 2 . and SSH. SSH is a secure remote login protocol developed based on the traditional Telnet protocol.Configuring User Login. 2. Compared with Telnet. This mechanism ensures device security.3 Logging In to the CX600 by Using SSH This section describes how to log in to the CX600 by using SSH. 2.. login by using the console interface.2 Logging In to the CX600 by Using Telnet This section describes how to log in to the CX600 by using Telnet. For more information about user privilege level configurations.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 2 Logging In to the CX600 2 Logging In to the CX600 About This Chapter This chapter describes how to log in to the CX600 for later commissioning. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.Basic Configurations .4 Configuring NAP for Remote Deployment By using NAP. A Telnet operation allows you to log in to a remote device for device management. are introduced. you can log in to a remote new device with empty configuration from a local device to deploy the new device. 2. 2. SSH is greatly improved in terms of the authentication mode and data transmission security.. 3 . Telnet. Ltd. Three login methods. see HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Configuration Guide . A user can run only the commands at the same or lower level than the user privilege level.1 Logging In to the CX600 by Using the Console Interface This section describes how to use the HyperTerminal in Windows on the PC to log in to the CX600 after setting up a local configuration environment with the console interface. NOTE Command levels are associated with user privilege levels. For more information about the console interface. click OK. Context Figure 2-1 shows the networking diagram for logging in to the NE80E/40E by using the console interface Figure 2-1 Networking diagram for logging in to the CX600 by using the console interface PC CX600 Prerequisite l The CX600 is running properly. Procedure Step 1 Use a serial cable to connect the serial interface on the PC and the console interface on the CX600. Ltd.. Then. l Installing terminal emulation program on the PC (such as Windows XP HyperTerminal) NOTE Perform the following configurations on the HyperTerminal on the PC. l The PC is connected to the CX600 through an asynchronous interface. see the HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Hardware Description. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 Logging In to the CX600 by Using the Console Interface This section describes how to use the HyperTerminal in Windows on the PC to log in to the CX600 after setting up a local configuration environment with the console interface. 4 . Step 2 Start the HyperTerminal on the PC. enter the name of the new connection in the Name text box.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 2 Logging In to the CX600 2. Choose Start > Programs > Accessories > Communications to start the HyperTerminal in Windows. As shown in Figure 2-2. and select an icon. Step 3 Set up a connection. HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 2 Logging In to the CX600 Figure 2-2 Setting up a connection Step 4 Set a connection port. Ltd. set the COM1 properties according to the description in Figure 2-4 or by clicking Restore Defaults. When the COM1 Properties dialog box is displayed as shown in Figure 2-4. 5 . Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 2-3 Setting a connection port Step 5 Set communication parameters.. Then. In the Connect To dialog box shown in Figure 2-3. select a port from the drop-down list box of Connect using according to the port actually used on the PC or terminal. click OK. This means that if default settings are not used for the interface attributes on the CX600. ensure that the COM1 properties on the HyperTerminal are consistent with the interface attribute settings on the CX600. Otherwise. set an authentication password. At the following command-line prompt. Please configure the login password (6-16) Enter Password: Confirm Password: Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The default settings of the console interface will be used.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 2 Logging In to the CX600 NOTE l Setting the COM1 properties according to the description in Figure 2-4 and setting them by clicking Restore Defaults have the same effect. the COM1 properties on the HyperTerminal must be changed to be consistent with the interface attribute settings on the CX600.. Ltd. the login will fail. The system automatically saves the set password. An initial password is required for the first login via the console. 6 . Figure 2-4 Setting communication parameters ----End Commissioning Result Press Enter. l When you log in to the CX600 by using the console interface. Set a password and keep it safe! Otherwise you will not be able to login via the console. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 1.2 Logging In to the CX600 by Using Telnet This section describes how to log in to the CX600 by using Telnet. Figure 2-5 Networking diagram for logging in to the CX600 by using Telnet network Telnet Client Telnet Server Prerequisite l The CX600 is running properly. repeat Step 1 to check whether the parameters or physical connections are correct. l The password is a string of 6 to 16 case-sensitive characters. digit. Ltd.0. you must enter this password for authentication when you relog in to the system in password authentication mode using this user interface. l The passwords must meet the following requirements: l Password input is in man-machine interaction mode. Perform the following configurations on the CX600 that serves as the Telnet server: Procedure Step 1 Set the maximum number of users that are allowed to log in to the CX600 at the same time. l The CX600 has been logged in using the console interface and an IP address for each interface has been configured on the CX600. click Disconnect and then Call. l A direct or reachable route exists between the Telnet client and the CX600. lower-case character. A Telnet operation allows you to log in to a remote device for device management. 7 .1 to telnet to the CX device that is powered on for the first time. If they are correct. The configured password is displayed in ciphertext in the configuration file. and special character. 2. and the system does not display the entered password. log in to the CX600 again. If the login fails. NOTE Use the IP address 129. Figure 2-5 shows the networking diagram for logging in to the CX600 by using Telnet. The password must contain at least two of the following characters: upper-case character.0. If the login still fails.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 2 Logging In to the CX600 NOTE l After the password for the user interface is set successfully during the first login. Any special character except the question mark (?) and space can be used.. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Run the system-view command to enter the system view. HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 2. 2 Logging In to the CX600 Run the user-interface maximum-vty number command to set the maximum number of login users that can use VTY user interfaces on the CX device. Step 2 Configure a user authentication mode. Two authentication modes are available: password authentication and AAA authentication.One of them can be selected as needed. NOTE l On the CX device, the default authentication mode is password authentication. l If users with passwords need to be created and managed on the CX device, AAA authentication is recommended. l Configure password authentication. 1. Run the system-view command to enter the system view. 2. Run the user-interface [ ui-type ] first-ui-number [ last-ui-number ] command to enter the user interface view. 3. Run the set authentication password [ cipher password ] command to set the password used in authentication. l Configure AAA authentication. 1. Run the system-view command to enter the system view. 2. Run the user-interface [ ui-type ] first-ui-number [ last-ui-number ] command to enter the user interface view. 3. Run the authentication-mode aaa command to configure AAA authentication. 4. Run the aaa command to enter the AAA view. 5. Run the local-user user-name password { cipher cipher-password | irreversible-cipher irreversible--password } command to configure the local user name and password. NOTE Passwords for the administrative FTP, Telnet, SSH, or terminal users can only be in irreversiblecipher. Even if you specify the password in cipher, the device automatically changes it to irreversible-cipher. 6. Run the quit command to exit from the AAA view. Step 3 Run the user privilege level level command in the user interface view to control the user rights. ----End Commissioning Results After the preceding configurations are complete, perform the following operations to check whether the configurations are correct. 1. Run the Telnet client program on the PC, and enter the IP address of the interface to which you want to connect to. 2. Enter the user name and password in the login window. If the user is authenticated, a command line prompt such as <HUAWEI> is displayed. It indicates that you have entered the user view. Troubleshooting If the Telnet login fails, perform the following operations: Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 8 HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 1. 2 Logging In to the CX600 Check that network connections are proper. Run the ping command on the client to check network connections. If ping results are negative, network connections are faulty and Telnet connections cannot be set up. Check whether unstable connections that cause packet loss or occasional login failures exist in the network. If network connections are faulty, follow the procedure described in "The Ping Operation Fails" in the HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Troubleshooting to locate and rectify the fault and ensure that the Telnet client can successfully ping the Telnet server. 2. Check whether login users on the CX600 have reached the maximum. Log in to the CX600 by using the console interface. Then, run the display users command to check whether the VTY user interfaces are all used. By default, a maximum of five VTY user interfaces are available to login users. You can run the display user-interface maximum-vty command to view the allowed maximum number of login users. <HUAWEI> display user-interface maximum-vty Maximum of VTY user:5 <HUAWEI> display users User-Intf Delay Type Network Address 34 VTY 0 03:31:35 TEL 10.138.81.138 Username : Unspecified 35 VTY 1 03:51:58 TEL 10.137.128.126 Username : Unspecified 36 VTY 2 00:10:14 TEL 10.138.81.184 Username : Unspecified 37 VTY 3 02:31:58 TEL 10.138.80.199 Username : Unspecified + 38 VTY 4 00:00:00 TEL 10.138.78.80 Username : Unspecified AuthenStatus pass AuthorcmdFlag no pass no pass no pass no pass no If login users on the CX600 have reached the maximum, the user-interface maximumvty vty-number command can be run to increase the allowed maximum number of login users that can use VTY user interfaces to 15, and you should configure authentication modes for newly added VTY user interfaces. <HUAWEI> system-view [HUAWEI] user-interface maximum-vty 15 [HUAWEI] user-interface vty 5 14 [HUAWEI-ui-vty5-14] authentication-mode aaa 3. Check that an ACL is configured in the VTY user interface view. [HUAWEI] user-interface vty 0 4 [HUAWEI-ui-vty0-4] display this user-interface vty 0 4 acl 2000 inbound authentication-mode aaa user privilege level 3 idle-timeout 0 0 If an ACL is configured but the IP address of a client from which the access is permitted is not specified in ACL rules, the client cannot telnet to the CX600. This means that to allow a client to telnet to the CX600, you must specify the IP address of the client in the permit rule of the ACL bound to VTY user interfaces. 4. Check that the access protocol has been correctly configured in the VTY user interface view. [HUAWEI] user-interface vty 0 4 [HUAWEI-ui-vty0-4] display this user-interface vty 0 4 authentication-mode aaa user privilege level 3 idle-timeout 0 0 protocol inbound ssh Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 9 HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 2 Logging In to the CX600 The protocol inbound { all | ssh | telnet } command is used to specify protocols supported by the current user interface. telnet is the default parameter. If ssh is specified, Telnet login is prohibited. If all is specified, both Telnet login and SSH login are allowed. 5. Check whether extended VTY user interfaces 16 to 20 are available to login users. These user interfaces are reserved for NMS users. Whether VTY user interfaces 0 to 14 are all used, VTY user interfaces 16 to 20 are open to NMS users (whose user type is netmanager) only, not common login users. The display users command can be used to check the user login information of every VTY user interface. 6. Check that a password has been set in the user interface view. If the authentication-mode password command has been run in the VTY user interface view to set the authentication mode to password, the set authentication password command must be run to set an authentication password. The authentication mode can also be set to aaa by running the authentication-mode aaa command. 7. Check that the user level is correct. If the authentication mode in the VTY user interface view is set to password or none, you need to check the user level. Low-level users, after login, are not allowed to run high-level commands such as the system-view command. If you use an administrator account to log in to the CX600, you can run the user privilege level level command to configure the level of commands that the user logging in through the current user interface can use. NOTE By default, command levels are 0, 1, 2, and 3. Before the upgrade of command levels, user levels 3 to 15 are the same, which are all management levels. 8. Collect the following information and contact Huawei technical support personnel: l Results of the preceding operation procedure l Configuration files, log files, and alarm files of the CX600 2.3 Logging In to the CX600 by Using SSH This section describes how to log in to the CX600 by using SSH. SSH is a secure remote login protocol developed based on the traditional Telnet protocol. Compared with Telnet, SSH is greatly improved in terms of the authentication mode and data transmission security. Figure 2-6 shows the networking diagram for logging in to the CX600 by using SSH. Figure 2-6 Networking diagram for logging in to the CX600 by using SSH network SSH Client Issue 04 (2014-04-01) SSH Server Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 10 2. Ltd. After you log in for the first time. Run the authentication-mode aaa command to specify AAA authentication as the authentication mode. change the user name and password for security. l A default user name root and password Changeme_123 for the initial login have been loaded to the configuration file of the device before delivery. Run the user-interface [ ui-type ] first-ui-number [ last-ui-number ] command to enter the user interface view. NOTE l Passwords for the administrative FTP. 1. the protocol inbound ssh command does not take effect. Run the quit command to exit from the AAA view. SSH. 11 . 3. l The CX600 has been logged in using the console interface and an IP address for each interface has been configured on the CX600. Two methods are available. Even if you specify the password in cipher. create a local user with the SSH user name in the AAA view. 3. otherwise. Step 2 Run the ssh user user-name command in the system view to create an SSH user. Run the aaa command in the system view to enter the AAA view. or terminal users can only be in irreversiblecipher. DSA. 2. 5. Run the local-user user-name service-type ssh command to configure the local user access type. 1.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 2 Logging In to the CX600 Prerequisite l The CX600 is running properly. 4. NOTE AAA authentication must be configured in the VTY user interface view. Run the system-view command to enter the system view.. Telnet. Step 4 Create an RSA. Run the protocol inbound ssh command to configure SSH as the access protocol in the VTY user interface view. Step 3 In password or RSA authentication mode. the device automatically changes it to irreversible-cipher. l A direct or reachable route exists between the SSH client and the CX600. Run the local-user user-name level level command to configure the priority of the local user. 4. Run the local-user user-name password { cipher cipher-password | irreversible-cipher irreversible--password } command to configure the local user name and password. or ECC key pair. Method 1: Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NOTE Perform the following configurations on the CX600 that serves as the SSH server: Procedure Step 1 Configure a VTY user interface to support SSH. The minimum length of the server key pair and the host key pair is 512 bits. including the local key-pair and server key-pair.. The length of the server key pair and the host key pair can be 512 bits. running the rsa local-key-pair create command to generate a new local key pair is recommended. Check whether all local RSA key pairs are destroyed after running the rsa local-key-pair destroy command. The length of the server key pair and the host key pair can be 256 bits. dsa key-pair label. After the key pair is generated. l To clear the local DSA key pair. run the rsa local-key-pair destroy command to destroy all local RSA key-pairs. or ECC host key to an SSH server. or display ecc key-pair command to check information about the RSA. run the display ecc local-key-pair public command to destroy all local ECC key-pairs. the length of the key pair is 521 bits. Ltd. display dsa key-pair. The default length of a local key pair is 2048 bits. you can run the display dsa local-key-pair public command to view the public key in the local key pair. including the local key-pair and server key-pair. l To clear the local ECC key pair. and the maximum length is 2048 bits. or ECC key pair. l To clear the local RSA key pair. run the dsa local-key-pair destroy command to destroy all local DSA key-pairs. you can run the display ecc local-key-pair public command to view the public key in the local key pair. l Run the dsa local-key-pair create command to generate the RSA local-key-pair.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 2 Logging In to the CX600 l Run the rsa local-key-pair create command to create a local RSA key pair. DSA. 12 . run the display rsa key-pair. the length of the key pair is 2048 bits. NOTE l You must configure the ecc local-key-pair create command to generate a local key pair before completing other SSH configurations. NOTE l Configure the rsa local-key-pair create command to generate a local key pair before completing other SSH configurations. l Run the ecc local-key-pair create command to generate the ECC local-key-pair. or ECC key pair. l After a local key pair is generated. Check whether all local DSA key pairs are destroyed after running the dsa local-key-pair destroy command. or ecc key-pair label command in the system view to create an RSA. DSA. Run the rsa key-pair label. 384 bits and 521 bits. The dsa local-key-pair destroy command configuration takes effect only once and therefore will not be saved in the configuration file. RSA server key. By default. DSA host key. By default. you can run the display rsa local-key-pair public command to view the public key in the local key pair. Check whether all local ECC key pairs are destroyed after running the ecc local-key-pair destroy command. The ecc local-key-pair destroy command configuration takes effect only once and therefore will not be saved in the configuration file. After an upgrade. 1024 bits and 2048 bits. if the original key pair length is shorter than 1024 bits. l After a local key pair is generated. NOTE l You must configure the dsa local-key-pair create command to generate a local key pair before completing other SSH configurations. 2. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The rsa local-key-pair destroy command configuration takes effect only once and therefore will not be saved in the configuration file. Run the ssh server assign { rsa-host-key | rsa-server-key | dsa-host-key | ecc-hostkey } key-name command in the system view to assign an RSA host key. including the local key-pair and server key-pair. Method 2: 1. l After a local key pair is generated. the administrators are all in the domain default_admin. Ltd.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 2 Logging In to the CX600 Step 5 Perform the operations as described in Table 2-1 based on the configured SSH user authentication mode. - 3. 13 .. The username must be the same to the SSH user. use password authentication. Run the local-user user-name service-type ssh command to set the access type of the local user to SSH. In most cases. Run the aaa command to enter the AAA view. Run the local-user user-name password { cipher | irreversiblecipher } password command to configure the username and the password for the local user. To resolve this problem. Then. Configure RSA authentication 1. the SSH server cannot obtain the user information from the TACACS server. the network administrator needs to specify the information about an SSH user on the TACACS server. - Configure the Default Password Authentication Run the ssh authentication-type default password command When you log in using SSH and use a TACACS server for authentication. Run the ssh user user-name authentication-type rsa command to configure RSA authentication. you can log in to the device on the SSH server safely. 4. Run the ssh user user-name authentication-type password command If local or HuaWei Terminal Access Controller Access Control System (HWTACACS) authentication is used and there are only a few users. - Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 2-1 Configuring an authentication mode for the SSH user Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Operation Command Description Configure Password Authentication 1. By default. 2. you can run the ssh authentication-type default password command to set the authentication mode as password authentication. however. Each string is randomly generated on an SSH client.. RSA usability is unsatisfactory. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Because a third-party tool is not released with Huawei system software. 3. paste the RSA public key generated on the client to the server. OpenSSH. only hexadecimal strings complying with the public key format can be typed in. Third-party software. If you use an RSA key in non-DER format. The details are as follows: l The SecureCRT and PuTTY generate RSA keys in PEM format. For detailed operations. In addition to DER. 14 . see manuals for SSH client software. Enter hex-data to edit the public key. and OpenSSL. such as SecureCRT. RSA keys need to support the privacy-enhanced mail (PEM) and OpenSSH formats to improve RSA usability after V600R006C00 version. l The OpenSSH generates RSA keys in OpenSSH format. Huawei data communications devices support only the DER format for RSA keys before V600R006C00 version. - 4. Run the public-key-code begin command to enter the public key edit view. l In the public key edit view. use a third-party tool to convert the key into a key in DER format. l After entering the public key edit view.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide Operation 2 Logging In to the CX600 Command Description 2. PuTTY. Run the rsa peer-public-key keyname [ encoding-type { der | openssh | pem } ] command to configure an encoding format for an RSA public key and enter the RSA public key view. l The OpenSSL generates RSA keys in DER format. can be used to generate RSA keys in different formats. The default encoding format is distinguished encoding rules (DER) for an RSA public key. Ltd. - 1. Huawei data communications devices support the DER and PEM formats for DSA keys before V600R006C00 version. indicating that the key does not exist. Configure DSA authentication 7. use a third-party tool to convert the key into a key in DER or PEM format. Run the public-key-code end command to exit from the public key edit view. DSA usability is unsatisfactory. Run the ssh user user-name assign rsa-key key-name command to assign the SSH user a public key. Because a third-party tool is not released with Huawei system software. and the system view is displayed. Run the ssh user user-name authentication-type dsa command to configure DSA authentication. - 2. 3. If you use an RSA key in non-DER/ PEM format. - 15 . - 6.. In addition to DER and PEM. DSA keys need to support the OpenSSH format to improve DSA usability after V600R006C00 version. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Run the public-key-code begin command to enter the public key edit view. the system prompts a message. Run the peer-public-key end command to return to the system view. l Running the peer-public-key end command generates a key only after a valid hex-data complying with the public key format is entered. l If the peer-public-key end command is used after the key key-name specified in Step 2 is deleted in another window.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide Operation 2 Logging In to the CX600 Command Description 5. Run the dsa peer-public-key key-name encoding-type { der | openssh | pem } command to configure an encoding format for a DSA public key and enter the DSA public key view. 5. This section describes only the SSH login by using the PuTTY program. Run the public-key-code end command to exit from the public key edit view. Step 7 Run the stelnet server enable command in the system view to enable STelnet. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. and the system view is displayed.1. indicating that the key does not exist. l Running the peer-public-key end command generates a key only after a valid hex-data complying with the public key format is entered. l In the public key edit view. paste the RSA public key generated on the client to the server. see manuals for SSH client software. Run the peer-public-key end command to return to the system view.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide Operation 2 Logging In to the CX600 Command Description 4. Enter hex-data to edit the public key. the SSH user name is client001. only hexadecimal strings complying with the public key format can be typed in. l If the peer-public-key end command is used after the key key-name specified in Step 2 is deleted in another window. Ltd. In this example. ----End Commissioning Results Log in to the CX600 by using SSH. l After entering the public key edit view. Each string is randomly generated on an SSH client. - 6.168. 16 . - Step 6 Run the ssh user username service-type { sftp | stelnet | all } command in the system view to configure a service type for the SSH user. 7.1. the IP address of the CX600 is 192. the password is huawei. Run the ssh user user-name assign dsa-key key-name command to assign the SSH user a public key. For detailed operations. the system prompts a message. Figure 2-7 Login by using the PuTTY program 2. set the IP address of the CX600 to 192.1.1 and the login protocol to SSH.. 2 Logging In to the CX600 As shown in the following figure. Ltd.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 17 .168. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Enter the user name client001 and the password huawei. follow the procedure described in "The Ping Operation Fails" in the HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Troubleshooting to locate and rectify the fault and ensure a stable connection between the SSH client and the SSH server. Run the display ssh server status command to view configurations on the SSH server. Run the following command to enable the SSH server. Check whether unstable connections that cause packet loss or occasional login failures exist in the network. Check that SSH services are enabled.99 :60 seconds :0 hours :3 times :Disable :Disable The command output shows that the SFTP and STelnet servers are not enabled. If network connections are improper. A user can log in to the CX600 by using SSH only after SSH services are enabled on the CX600. perform the following operations: 1.. Check that network connections are proper. <HUAWEI> system-view [HUAWEI] stelnet server enable 3.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 2 Logging In to the CX600 Figure 2-8 Login by using the PuTTY program Troubleshooting If the SSH login fails. Ltd. <HUAWEI> display ssh server status SSH version SSH connection timeout SSH server key generating interval SSH Authentication retries SFTP server Stelnet server :1. 2. Check that the access protocol has been correctly configured in the VTY user interface view. [HUAWEI] user-interface vty 0 4 [HUAWEI-ui-vty0-4] display this Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 18 . HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 2 Logging In to the CX600 user-interface vty 0 4 authentication-mode aaa user privilege level 3 idle-timeout 0 0 protocol inbound ssh The protocol inbound { all | ssh | telnet } command is used to specify protocols supported by the current user interface. telnet is the default parameter. If telnet is specified, SSH login is prohibited. If ssh or all is specified, SSH login is allowed. 4. Check that the RSA public key is configured. The CX600 that serves as an SSH server must be configured with a local key pair. Run the display rsa local-key-pair public command to check whether a key pair has been configured on the SSH server. If no key pair has been configured, run the rsa local-keypair create command to create one. [HUAWEI] rsa local-key-pair create The range of public key size is (512 ~ 2048). NOTES: If the key modulus is greater than 512, It will take a few minutes. Input the bits in the modulus[default = 512]: 768 Generating keys... ...........................++++++++ .++++++++ ...............+++++++++ ......+++++++++ 5. Check that the user service type, authentication type, and authentication service type (for password authentication only) have been configured. l Create an SSH user. [HUAWEI] [HUAWEI] [HUAWEI] [HUAWEI] ssh ssh ssh ssh user user user user [email protected] [email protected] authentication-type all [email protected] service-type all [email protected] sftp-directory cfcard:/ssh Configure the same SSH user in the AAA view and set the authentication service type. [HUAWEI] aaa [HUAWEI-aaa] local-user hello@163 password simple abc-pass [HUAWEI-aaa] local-user [email protected] service-type ssh l Configure default password authentication for the SSH user. [HUAWEI] ssh authentication-type default password Configure the same SSH user in the AAA view and set the authentication service type. [HUAWEI] aaa [HUAWEI-aaa] local-user hello@163 password simple abc-pass [HUAWEI-aaa] local-user [email protected] service-type ssh 6. Check whether login users on the CX600 have reached the maximum. Like Telnet users, SSH users use VTY user interfaces when logging in to the CX600. The number of available VTY user interfaces ranges from 5 to 15. If the number of login users is greater than 15, a new connection request will be denied by the CX600. Log in to the CX600 by using the console interface. Then, run the display users command to check whether the VTY user interfaces are all used. By default, a maximum of five VTY user interfaces are available to login users. <HUAWEI> display user-interface maximum-vty Maximum of VTY user:5 <HUAWEI> display users User-Intf Delay Type Network Address 34 VTY 0 03:31:35 TEL 10.138.81.138 Username : Unspecified 35 VTY 1 03:51:58 TEL 10.137.128.126 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. AuthenStatus pass pass AuthorcmdFlag no no 19 HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide Username : Unspecified 36 VTY 2 00:10:14 Username : Unspecified 37 VTY 3 02:31:58 Username : Unspecified + 39 VTY 4 00:00:00 Username : Unspecified 2 Logging In to the CX600 TEL 10.138.81.184 pass no TEL 10.138.80.199 pass no TEL 10.138.78.80 pass no If login users on the CX600 have reached the maximum, the user-interface maximumvty vty-number command can be run to increase the allowed maximum number of login users that can use VTY user interfaces to 15. <HUAWEI> system-view [HUAWEI] user-interface maximum-vty 15 7. Check that an ACL is configured in the VTY user interface view. If an ACL is configured but the IP address of a client from which the access is permitted is not specified in ACL rules, the client cannot log in to the CX600 by using SSH. This means that to allow a client log in to the CX600 by using SSH, you must specify the IP address of the client in the permit rule of the ACL bound to the user interface. 8. Check the SSH version. Run the display ssh server status command to check the SSH version. <HUAWEI> display ssh server status SSH version :1.99 SSH connection timeout :60 seconds SSH server key generating interval :0 hours SSH Authentication retries :3 times SFTP server :Disable Stelnet server :Disable l If the client logs in to the server by using SSHv1, the version compatible capability needs to be enabled on the server. <HUAWEI> system-view [HUAWEI] ssh server compatible-ssh1x enable l If the client logs in to the server by using SSHv2, the version compatible capability does not need to be enabled on the server. <HUAWEI> system-view [HUAWEI] undo ssh server compatible-ssh1x enable 9. Enable first-time authentication on the SSH client. <HUAWEI> system-view [HUAWEI] ssh client first-time enable 10. Collect the following information and contact Huawei technical support personnel: l Results of the preceding operation procedure l Configuration files, log files, and alarm files of the CX600 2.4 Configuring NAP for Remote Deployment By using NAP, you can log in to a remote new device with empty configuration from a local device to deploy the new device. Figure 2-9 shows the networking diagram for configuring NAP for remote deployment. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 20 HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 2 Logging In to the CX600 Figure 2-9 Networking diagram for configuring NAP for remote deployment Network PC CX-A CX-B CX-C Prerequisite l Connecting the remote device with empty configuration to a local device directly l Making sure that the interfaces connecting the remote device with empty configuration to the local device are Up and support NAP NOTE If the IP addresses used for establishing NAP connections need to be configured, you need the IP addresses of the master and slave interfaces (the IP addresses must be on the same network segment) before configuring NAP. If the IP addresses for establishing NAP connections are automatically allocated, you do not need any data. Perform the following configurations on the CX device where a NAP function needs to be configured and started. NOTICE If commands (such as commands related to the VPN, Eth-Trunk, IP-Trunk, or Layer 2 interface) affecting IP address configuration or IP packet forwarding have been run on the NAP master interface, the NAP function will not take effect. In this case, delete these commands and reenable NAP. The IP address of a NAP master interface can be configured or automatically allocated by the system. After the local interface is specified as the NAP master interface, NAP automatically allocates IP addresses from the default address pool 10.167.253.0/24 to the master and slave interfaces. If the address conflict, manually configure addresses for them. There are two configuration modes: to specify a NAP IP address pool, IP addresses from which will be automatically allocated based on a NAP address allocation algorithm, or to configure IP addresses of the same network segment for the master and slave interfaces. Procedure Step 1 Allocate the IP addresses l Automatic allocation of IP addresses 1. Run: system-view The system view is displayed. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 21 The default value can be modified by running the nap ip-pool ip-address mask-length command. Ltd. do as follows. 3. Run: system-view The system view is displayed. Run: nap port master The NAP Master interface is configured and started. 1. 1.167. the IP address pool is 10.0/24. 2. 4. 2 Logging In to the CX600 Run: interface interface-type interface-number The interface view is displayed.253. Run: system-view The system view is displayed. NOTE The configured IP address pool cannot be changed after NAP has been enabled on the master device. l Manual allocation of IP addresses Two methods are available for manually allocating IP addresses. 3. – You can specify the NAP IP address pool. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – You can also specify the NAP IP addresses. Run: nap port master The NAP Master interface is configured and started.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 2. 3.. 22 . Run: interface interface-type interface-number The interface view is displayed. Run: nap ip-address local local-ip peer peer-ip mask-length IP addresses are configured for establishing NAP connections. Run: nap port master The NAP Master interface is configured and started. You can choose the method according to actual needs. To use this method. 4. do as follows. By default. Run: nap ip-pool ip-address mask-length An IP address pool is configured for NAP. IP addresses are automatically allocated to the IP address pool. To use this method. Run: interface interface-type interface-number The interface view is displayed. Then. 2. NOTE The slave device with empty configurations checks the Telnet source address of the Telnet login. NOTE The passwords must meet the following requirements: l The password is a string of 8 to 16 case-sensitive characters. and special characters (excluding question marks and spaces). 1. Run: undo nap slave enable NAP is disabled on the slave device. 23 . you must input the user name and password to log in to the slave device. Step 3 Disabling NAP on the Slave Device 1. If the Telnet source address is the NAP address of the master device. l If a user name and a password have been configured on the slave device. 2. you can view the current NAP status and the NAP status on an interface. This is because the user level of the remote login using the NAP address is the same as that (the highest user level) of the login using a console interface. NAP will be automatically disabled if the device is restarted. Run: nap login neighbor Log in to the NAP slave device from the NAP master device. Run the display nap status command to view the current NAP status. lower-case characters. Run: system-view The system view is displayed. Ltd. After the user name and password are configured for the slave device. 2. 3. <HUAWEI> display nap status Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. you can log in to the slave device from the master device with having to input a user name and a password. numbers. ----End Commissioning Results After NAP has been configured for remote deployment. l If the slave device does not have any configuration.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 2 Logging In to the CX600 Step 2 Logging in to a remote device 1.. Run: interface interface-type interface-number The interface view is displayed. l The password must contain at least two of the following characters: upper-case characters. Run: system-view The system view is displayed. the slave device will require a user to enter the password for login authentication. 0 Run the display nap interface [ interface-type interface-number ] command to view the NAP status on an interface.1.167.1.1..255.1. the following information is displayed: -----------------------------------------------------Port property : Master Current status : IP-ASSIGNED Local port : GigabitEthernet1/0/1 Peer port : GigabitEthernet1/0/2 Local IP : 1.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide Slave port status Nap IP-pool/Mask 2.1 Peer IP : 1. the following information is displayed: -----------------------------------------------------Port property : Master Current status : DETECTING Local port : GigabitEthernet1/0/1 Peer port : unknown Local IP : NULL Peer IP : NULL Hello time : 3s Linked time : 00:00:00 ------------------------------------------------------ l If the NAP master interface is assigned an IP address.0/255. <HUAWEI> display nap interface gigabitethernet1/0/1 l If the NAP master interface is not assigned an IP address. 2 Logging In to the CX600 : Enable : 10.255. 24 . Ltd.2 Hello time : 3s Linked time : 00:00:08 ------------------------------------------------------ Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.253. . Data preparation Table 3-1 lists the data required for connecting the device to the NMS. l write community name: mgr l ACL number: 2001 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.167. IP address of the NMS 192. 25 . Parameters of SNMPv2c. v2c. or SNMPv3. or v3. l read community name: comaccess l write community name: mgr l ACL number: 2000 None. l A reachable route exists between the CX600 and the NMS. l An IP address has been configured for the interface connecting the device to the NMS.10 None.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 3 3 Connecting a Device to the NMS Connecting a Device to the NMS This chapter describes three methods to connect a device to the NMS. You can connect a device to the NMS using SNMPv1. Ltd.1. Parameters of SNMPv1. Prerequisite l The device is running properly. including SNMP read and write community names and the ACL number. SNMPv2c. l read community name: comaccess None. Table 3-1 Data required for connecting the CX600 to the NMS Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Item Data Remarks SNMP version of the CX600 V1/V2C/V3 The value can be v1. including SNMP read and write community names and the ACL number. HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting a Device to the NMS Item Data Remarks Parameters of SNMPv3, including SNMP group and user names and the ACL number. l SNMP group name: NMS None. l SNMP user name: John l ACL number: 2002 NOTE SNMPv3 is recommended because it provides more secure functions than other SNMP protocols. Procedure l Configure SNMPv1. 1. Configure basic functions of SNMPv1 on the CX600. # Configure SNMP version. <HUAWEI> system-view [HUAWEI] snmp-agent [HUAWEI] snmp-agent sys-info version v1 # Set the SNMP community name: the read community name of CX600 is comaccess comaccessand the write community name is mgr. For details, see snmp-agent community. [HUAWEI] snmp-agent community read comaccess acl 2000 [HUAWEI] snmp-agent community write mgr acl 2000 2. Configure access control in SNMPv1. For more information, please refer to rule (ACL view). [HUAWEI] acl 2000 [HUAWEI-acl-basic-2000] rule permit source 192.167.1.10 0 [HUAWEI-acl-basic-2000] quit 3. Configure trap functions and set the IP address of the trap server to be the IP address of the NMS, 192.167.1.10. NOTE The trap function must be configured so that the NMS can receive the alarms from the device. [HUAWEI] snmp-agent trap enable [HUAWEI] snmp-agent target-host trap address udp-domain 192.167.1.10 params securityname comaccess v1 private-netmanager l Configure SNMPv2c. 1. Configure basic functions of SNMPv2c on the CX600. # Configure SNMP version. <HUAWEI> system-view [HUAWEI] snmp-agent [HUAWEI] snmp-agent sys-info version v2c # Set the SNMP community name: the read community name of CX600 is comaccess and the write community name is mgr. For details, see snmp-agent community. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 26 HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting a Device to the NMS [HUAWEI] snmp-agent community read comaccess acl 2001 [HUAWEI] snmp-agent community write mgr acl 2001 2. Configure Community-Name-based access control in SNMPv2c. For more information, see rule (ACL view). [HUAWEI] acl 2001 [HUAWEI-acl-basic-2001] rule permit source 192.167.1.10 0 [HUAWEI-acl-basic-2001] quit 3. Configure trap functions and set the IP address of the trap server to be the IP address of the NMS, 192.167.1.10. For more information, see snmp-agent target-host trap. NOTE The trap function must be configured so that the NMS can receive the alarms from the device. [HUAWEI] snmp-agent trap enable [HUAWEI] snmp-agent target-host trap address udp-domain 192.167.1.10 params securityname comaccess v1 private-netmanager l Configure SNMPv3. 1. Configure basic functions of SNMPv3 on the CX600. CX600 # Configure SNMP version. <HUAWEI> system-view [HUAWEI] snmp-agent [HUAWEI] snmp-agent sys-info version v3 2. Configure User-based access control in SNMPv3. # Configure an SNMP user group, and the user group name is NMS. [HUAWEI] snmp-agent group v3 NMS # Configure user information. For example, Add a user named John to the SNMP group named Johngroup, with the security level being authentication, the authentication protocol being HMAC-MD5-96 and the password being hello. For more information, see the command snmp-agent usm-user. [HUAWEI] snmp-agent usm-user v3 John Johngroup authentication-mode md5 hello # Configure a basic ACL. For more information, see the command rule (ACL view). [HUAWEI] acl 2002 [HUAWEI-acl-basic-2002] rule permit source 192.167.1.10 0 [HUAWEI-acl-basic-2002] quit # Apply the ACL based on the user. For more information, see the command snmpagent usm-user. [HUAWEI] snmp-agent usm-user v3 John NMS acl 2002 3. Configure trap functions and set the IP address of the trap server to be the IP address of the NMS, 192.167.1.10. For more information, see the command snmp-agent target-host trap. NOTE The trap function must be configured so that the NMS can receive the alarms from the device. [HUAWEI] snmp-agent trap enable [HUAWEI] snmp-agent target-host trap address udp-domain 192.167.1.10 params securityname comaccess v3 private-netmanager ----End Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 27 HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting a Device to the NMS Commissioning Results After the configurations of the CX600 and the NMS are complete, you can access the CX600 through the NMS. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 28 29 . boards.3 Checking the Board Registration Status This section describes how to determine whether the boards are properly installed and function normally. and interfaces prior to commissioning the CX600.. 4.8 Checking Alarm Information This section describes how to verify alarms and faults about the CX600. 4.4 Checking the Fan Status This section describes how to check whether fans function properly. 4.7 Checking the Interface Status This section describes how to verify the interface status. 4.1 Checking the Software Version This section describes how to determine if the software version meets the deployment requirements. 4.10 Checking the Temperature of Each Board This section describes how to verify the board temperature. Ltd. 4.5 Checking the Power Status This section describes how to verify whether power modules function properly. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2 Checking the Health Status of the CX600 This section describes how to verify whether the current status of the CX600 meets the deployment requirements. fans. 4.9 Checking the Voltage of Each Board This section describes how to verify board voltages.6 Checking System Time This section describes how to verify whether the system time meets the system requirements.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 4 Checking the Hardware 4 Checking the Hardware About This Chapter This chapter describes how to check the power supply. 4. 4. 4. txt cfcard:/paf-V600R007C00.cc cfcard:/V600R007C00.txt cfcard:/license-V600R007C00.zip cfcard:/paf-V600R007C00.bat cfcard:/patch.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 4 Checking the Hardware 4.txt cfcard:/license-V600R007C00.txt cfcard:/license-V600R007C00. Ltd. <HUAWEI> display version Huawei Versatile Routing Platform Software VRP (R) software. 10 hours.txt cfcard:/license-V600R007C00.bat cfcard:/V600R007C00.More ---If the version displayed in boldface in the preceding information on the CX600 is consistent with the version required for deployment. <HUAWEI> display startup MainBoard: Configured startup system software: Startup system software: Next startup system software: Startup saved-configuration file: Next startup saved-configuration file: Startup paf file: Next startup paf file: Startup license file: Next startup license file: Startup patch package: Next startup patch package: SlaveBoard: Configured startup system software: Startup system software: Next startup system software: Startup saved-configuration file: Next startup saved-configuration file: Startup paf file: Next startup paf file: Startup license file: Next startup license file: Startup patch package: Next startup patch package: cfcard:/V600R007C00. go on with the subsequent commissioning.1 Checking the Software Version This section describes how to determine if the software version meets the deployment requirements.. Procedure Step 1 Run the display version [ slot slot-id ] command to view the version information. 30 . Step 2 Run the display startup command to view the system software and configuration files for the current and next startup.zip cfcard:/vrpcfg. Version 5.cc cfcard:/V600R007C00..zip cfcard:/paf-V600R007C00.13 (CX600 V600R007C00) Copyright (C) 2000-2010 Huawei Technologies Co. for the next startup are consistent with that required for deployment. Ltd. Prerequisites The CX600 has been logged in to. see 2 Logging In to the CX600. displayed in boldface in the preceding information.cc cfcard:/vrpcfg.zip cfcard:/vrpcfg.txt cfcard:/patch. HUAWEI CX600-X8 uptime is 0 day.cc cfcard:/vrpcfg. 15 minute CX600 version information: ---.txt cfcard:/paf-V600R007C00. ----End Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For more information.bat If the names of system software and configuration files. go on with the subsequent commissioning.bat cfcard:/patch.cc cfcard:/V600R007C00.txt cfcard:/patch.cc cfcard:/V600R007C00. ----End Troubleshooting In normal situations.com to download the reference documents. including the Version Upgrade Guide.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 4 Checking the Hardware Troubleshooting If the software version does not meet the deployment requirement. go on with the subsequent commissioning. 4.2 Checking the Health Status of the CX600 This section describes how to verify whether the current status of the CX600 meets the deployment requirements. Procedure Step 1 Run the display health command to view the health status of the CX600. NOTE Before upgrading the software version. and system software that may be used during the upgrade. Ltd. and Paf&License Selection Guide.. CPU or memory usage should be lower than 80%. 4. contact Huawei technical support personnel. <HUAWEI> display health -----------------------------------------------------------Slot CPU Usage Memory Usage (Used/ Total) -----------------------------------------------------------18 MPU(Master) 16% 43% 438MB/ 1008MB 2 LPU 12% 16% 164MB/ 988MB 6 LPU 26% 27% 275MB/ 988MB 11 LPU 4% 15% 152MB/ 988MB 16 LPU 14% 27% 275MB/ 988MB 19 SFU 18% 48% 13MB/ 28MB 20 SFU 18% 48% 13MB/ 28MB 21 SFU 18% 48% 13MB/ 28MB 22 SFU 16% 48% 13MB/ 28MB 17 MPU(Slave) 9% 34% 350MB/ 1008MB ------------------------------------------------------------ If the CPU usage and memory usage of the boards on the CX600 remain under 80%. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For more information. it needs to be upgraded. Release Notes.huawei. 31 . Prerequisites The CX600 has been logged in to. Patch Operation Guide.3 Checking the Board Registration Status This section describes how to determine whether the boards are properly installed and function normally. as shown by the percentages in boldface in the displayed information. If CPU or memory usage remains high before services are deployed in a large scale. contact Huawei technical support personnel or visit http:// support. see 2 Logging In to the CX600. the command will display information about the Physical Interface Cards (PICs) on all LPUs and information about a specified slot for the LPU. Registered. Ltd. Procedure Step 1 Run the display device [ pic-status | slot-id ] command to view information about the components installed on the CX600. If the Register field values are Registered or NA and the Status field values are Normal. Normally. The time required for a board to complete registration after it is powered on is called the start-up time. SFU. an LPU can complete the start-up process within 10 minutes. 32 . <HUAWEI> display device CX600's Device status: Slot # Type Online Register Status Primary --------------------------------------------------------------------------2 LPU Present Registered Normal NA 3 LPU Present Registered Normal NA 4 LPU Present Registered Normal NA 6 LPU Present Registered Normal NA 9 MPU Present Registered NA Master 10 MPU Present Registered Normal Slave 11 SFU Present Registered Normal NA 12 SFU Present Registered Normal NA 13 SFU Present Registered Normal NA 14 SFU Present Registered Normal NA 15 CLK Present Registered Normal Master 16 CLK Present Registered Normal Slave 18 PWR Present Registered Normal NA 19 FAN Present Registered Normal NA 20 FAN Present Registered Normal NA 21 LCD Present Registered Normal NA --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pay attention to the Register and Status fields in the displayed information. l Register field: indicates whether a component is successfully registered. power module. The field value can be NA.. l Status field: indicates the component status. or Unregistered. perform the following operations: 1. Unregistered indicates that a component is not registered. If [ pic-status | slot-id ] is specified. MPU. as shown by the characters in boldface in the preceding displayed information. Check that the start-up time of the board has expired. The field value can be Normal or Abnormal. an LPU can complete the start-up process within 5 minutes. go on with the subsequent commissioning. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 2 Logging In to the CX600. For more information. If the system software and related files need to be updated.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 4 Checking the Hardware Prerequisites The CX600 has been logged in to. ----End Troubleshooting If the board is not registered. NA indicates that the component must be used during the CX600 startup. Registered indicates that a component is successfully registered. or fan module. If "<null>" is displayed. Run the upgrade lpu by-testbus slot-id startup mbus_epld. 33 . upgrade lpu by-testbus slot-id startup lpu_bootload. all boards have been powered on. l If the power supply of the slot is abnormal. If the indicator on the board is on. go to Step 6. Wait until the start-up time expires. you need to replace the board. In this case. the power module on the board is faulty. 3. If the system software and related files need to be updated. If the board type is supported by this system software version but the board cannot be registered. remove the board and then install it again. go to Step 7. see the chapter titled "Boards" in the HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Hardware Description. go to Step 2. upgrade sfu by-testbus slotid startup sfu_epld1. If the board is still unregistered when the start-up time expires. l If the power supply of the slot is normal but the system still informs that the board is not powered on. If the board still cannot be registered. Ltd. Run the power on slot ? command in the user view. 5. Supported board types vary with system software versions. and upgrade lpu by-testbus slot-id startup lpu_epld commands in the user view to upgrade the EPLD of the LPU. the board is not powered on. 7. Run the upgrade lpu by-testbus slot-id startup lpu_bootrom. contact Huawei technical support personnel. If the slot number of the board is displayed. an SFU can complete the start-up process within 5 minutes. go to Step 4. Upgrade the EPLD of the board. 4. For the types of boards that are supported by this software version. If the board still cannot be registered after the upgrade. Collect the following information and contact Huawei technical support personnel: l Results of the preceding operation procedure Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Upgrade the basic BootROM and advanced BootROM of the board. 6.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 4 Checking the Hardware Normally. and upgrade sfu by-testbus slot-id startup sfu_epld2 commands in the user view to upgrade the EPLD of the SFU. 2. Run the upgrade sfu by-testbus slot-id startup sfu_bootrom and upgrade sfu bytestbus slot-id startup sfu_bootload commands in the user view to upgrade the basic BootROM and advanced BootROM of the concerned SFU. upgrade lpu by-testbus slot-id startup fad_epld. If a new board cannot be registered. If the power supply of the board is normal but the board still cannot be registered. go to Step 5. Check that the board type is supported by the system software. the power supply of this slot is normal. an SFU can complete the start-up process within 2 minutes. go to Step 3. and upgrade lpu by-testbus slot-id startup fad_bootload commands in the user view to upgrade the basic BootROM and advanced BootROM of an LPU. upgrade lpu by-testbus slot-id startup fad_bootrom. Check whether the power supply of the slot where the board resides is normal. Run the upgrade sfu by-testbus slot-id startup mbus_epld. Check that the board has been powered on.. If the board still cannot be registered after the EPLD is upgraded. Ltd. Prerequisites The CX600 has been logged in to.]Speed [1]45% Slotid : 20 Present : YES Registered: YES Status : AUTO FanSpeed : [No. log files.5 Checking the Power Status This section describes how to verify whether power modules function properly.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 4 Checking the Hardware l Configuration files. For more information. <HUAWEI> display power No Present mode State Num ------------------------------------------------------------------------------17 Yes DC Normal 1 18 Yes DC Normal 1 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. as shown by the characters in boldface in the displayed information. <HUAWEI> display fan Slotid : 19 Present : YES Registered: YES Status : AUTO FanSpeed : [No. 4. and alarm files of the CX600. 34 . see 2 Logging In to the CX600.]Speed [1]45% If fan modules are properly installed and successfully registered. see Maintenance Items and Operations to collect the information. Procedure Step 1 Run the display fan command to check the fan status.4 Checking the Fan Status This section describes how to check whether fans function properly. go on with the subsequent commissioning. For more information. 4. For more information.. For more information. ----End Commissioning Result The displayed information may be different in real-world situations. Procedure Step 1 Run the display power command to check the power status. Prerequisites The CX600 has been logged in to. see display fan. see 2 Logging In to the CX600. .7 Checking the Interface Status This section describes how to verify the interface status. Run the clock timezone time-zone-name { add | minus } offset command in the user view to set the time zone based on an offset. ----End Troubleshooting If the system time and time zone displayed in the display clock command output are inconsistent with the local time and time zone. Procedure Step 1 Run the display clock command to view system time. Prerequisites The CX600 has been logged in to. <HUAWEI> display clock 2010-10-31 19:16:14 Sunday Time Zone(DefaultZoneName) : UTC If the system time and time zone displayed in boldface in the preceding information are consistent with the local time and time zone. 4. Ltd. (The CX600 obtains the current system time by subtracting an offset from or adding an offset to the UTC. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 4 Checking the Hardware Power monitor cable state: Plug If the power modules are properly installed and work normally as shown by the characters in boldface in the displayed information.6 Checking System Time This section describes how to verify whether the system time meets the system requirements. follow the procedure below to reconfigure the system time: 1. Run the clock datetime [ utc ] HH:MM:SS YYYY-MM-DD command in the user view to set the Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).) 3. (Optional) Run the clock daylight-saving-time time-zone-name repeating start-time { { { first | second | third | fourth | last } weekday month } | start-date } end-time { { { first | second | third | fourth | last } weekday month } | end-date } offset command in the user view to set the daylight saving time. For more information. see display power. For more information. 2. go on with the subsequent commissioning. 4. 35 . ----End Commissioning Result The displayed information may be different in real-world situations. go on with the subsequent commissioning. see 2 Logging In to the CX600. If either one of them or both of them have been shut down. and number of received or transmitted incorrect packets. see 2 Logging In to the CX600. perform the following operations: 1. set the same rate and duplex mode on the local interface as that on the peer device. At this step. 2. The available commands are as follows: – Run the duplex { full | half | auto } command to configure the half-duplex mode on an Ethernet interface. Then. The information includes the physical status. check that the rate and duplex mode have been configured on the peer device. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. run the display this interface command to check whether the interface status is Up. <HUAWEI> display interface brief PHY: Physical *down: administratively down ^down: standby (l):loopback (s):spoofing (b):BFD down (e):EFM down (d):Dampening Suppressed InUti/OutUti: input utility/output utility Interface PHY Protocol InUti Eth-Trunk0 up up 3% GigabitEthernet3/0/0 up up 50% GigabitEthernet3/0/3 *down down 40% GigabitEthernet3/0/1 up up 0% GigabitEthernet3/0/2. l If Ethernet interfaces are used for connection. l If non-Ethernet interfaces are used for connection. After that. Ltd. run the display this interface command to check whether the interfaces have gone Up. 3. run the undo shutdown command in the interface view. Run the display this command on both the local and remote interfaces to check whether they have been shut down. 36 . At this step. skip this step. For more information. l If optical interfaces are used for connection. Procedure Step 1 Run the display interface brief [ main ] command to view brief information about all interfaces on the CX600. ----End Troubleshooting If the physical status is Down.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 4 Checking the Hardware Prerequisites The CX600 has been logged in to.1 up up 0% Ip-Trunk1 up up 0% OutUti 7% 60% 30% 0% 0% 0% inErrors 12 23 0 0 0 0 outErrors 0 125 0 0 0 0 Ensure that the physical status and protocol status are Up. After that. optical interfaces and electrical interfaces are handled differently. protocol status.. latest bandwidth usage in the inbound or outbound direction. – Run the speed { 10 | 100 | 1000 | auto } command to configure the rate on an Ethernet interface. skip this step. Ethernet interfaces and non-Ethernet interfaces are handled differently. After that. If the fiber is properly installed but the interface status is Down. <HUAWEI> display trapbuffer Trapping Buffer Configuration and contents:enabled allowed max buffer size : 1024 actual buffer size : 256 channel number : 3 . Run the display trapbuffer command to check whether interface-related alarms have been generated. Otherwise. Step 2 Run the display trapbuffer[ size value ] [ | count ] [ | { begin| include| exclude} regularexpression] command to view alarms recorded in the trap buffer. <HUAWEI> display alarm all ---------------------------------------------------------------------------NO alarm ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- If the preceding information is displayed. perform the next step. the hardware is not faulty. check that the network cable is properly installed. use a fiber or optical modules. see 2 Logging In to the CX600. wavelengths. – Check that the optical modules on the interfaces of the local match that of peer devices. run the display this interface command to check whether the interface status is Up. If the network cable is improperly installed. Procedure Step 1 Run the display alarm { slot-id | all } command to view all alarms on the CX600 to determine if faults have occurred on the CX600. including interface types. After that. If the fiber is improperly installed.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 4 Checking the Hardware – Check that the fiber is properly installed. If such alarms have been generated. run the display this interface command to check whether the interface status is Up. perform the next step. If electrical interfaces are used for connection. Contact Huawei technical support personnel. Then. channel name : trapbuffer dropped messages : 0 overwritten messages : 131 current messages : 1 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. locate and rectify any found fault based on the contents of the Info field in the command output.. reinstall the fiber. 6. After that. run the display this interface command to check whether the interface status is Up. reinstall the network cable.8 Checking Alarm Information This section describes how to verify alarms and faults about the CX600. consult the Alarm Reference of the CX600. run the display this interface command to check whether the interface status is Up. If the network cable is properly installed but the interface status is Down. 37 . and optical powers of optical modules. Ltd. For more information. If they are not matched. use a network cable or electrical modules. replace optical modules. l If electrical interfaces are used for connection. Pay attention to the important alarms. 4. Prerequisites The CX600 has been logged in to. If optical interfaces are used for connection. 5. 4. 80 1. Resume") The part displayed in boldface in the preceding information indicates the alarm severity. a minor alarm will be generated.02 0.2011. go on with the subsequent commissioning. EntPhysicalContainedIn=16908288. ReasonDescription="LPU 2 is failed.57 6.67 4. ----End 4.55 6. The High_Alam_Threshold Major field indicates the threshold of a high voltage for a minor alarm.00 4.53 0.5.04 0.30 1. Note down the alarms and immediately handle the alarms whose alarm severities are 3 or higher.67 3. If the voltage is higher than this threshold.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 4 Checking the Hardware #Nov 16 2010 15:33:06 HUAWEI SRM_BASE/1/ENTITYRESUME: OID 1.80 1.00 FADB 1 0 2 NORMAL 2. the board voltage is normal.91 1.55 4.50 2.44 1. Slot2 PCB I2C Addr Chl Status Required LowAlmThreshold HighAlmThreshold Vol Ratio Major Fatal Major Fatal ------------------------------------------------------------------------------FADB 1 0 0 NORMAL 1.3. For more information.56 1.9 Checking the Voltage of Each Board This section describes how to verify board voltages.1.89 1. If the voltage is below this threshold.07 5.00 3.58 EAGF 1 3 6 NORMAL 5. Procedure Step 1 Run the display voltage[ [ lpu | mpu | sfu ] slot slot-id [ pic pic-id ] ] command to view the status of the voltage sensor on each board.30 1.34 1. The High_Alam_Threshold Fatal field indicates the threshold of a high voltage for a critical alarm.75 3.00 2.32 1. The Vol field indicates the current voltage. the CX600 may work abnormally or be damaged.30 3.00 FADB 1 0 1 NORMAL 1.76 EAGF 1 3 0 NORMAL 1.20 1. If the voltage is below this threshold.04 0. The Low_Alam_Threshold Major field indicates the threshold of a low voltage for a minor alarm. (EntityPhysicalInd ex=16908289.76 EAGF 1 3 2 NORMAL 3.38 LPUA 1 0 3 NORMAL 1.39 0.00 LPUA 1 0 4 NORMAL 1. BaseTrapEventType= 5.69 1. EAGF SFP 0 of PIC0 is abnormal.75 3.1.00 2.25 2.33 1.2. Unit: Volt..50 1. ----End Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.77 0. BaseTrapSeverity=2.00 3.56 1. The Low_Alam_Threshold Fatal field indicates the threshold of a low voltage for a critical alarm.05 3.16 1. BaseTrapProbableCause=67719.25 2.1.50 0.16 2. 38 . RelativeResource="S FP". Prerequisites The CX600 has been logged in to.00 LPUA 1 0 5 NORMAL 2.26 2.129.25 2. Ltd.57 5.50 1.68 FADB 1 0 6 NORMAL 5.80 1.00 3. <HUAWEI> display voltage SlotID2 : SlotID: 2 Base-Board.6. If the displayed value of the Vol field is between the value of the Low_Alam_Threshold Major field and the value of the High_Alam_Threshold Major field.00 1.05 1. Then.69 1.07 6.85 1.10 Physical entity is detected resumed from failure.62 1.00 4. the CX600 may work abnormally or be damaged.44 1.95 1.00 1. see 2 Logging In to the CX600.00 EAGF 1 3 1 NORMAL 2. a minor alarm will be generated.91 1.98 2.25 .75 3.4.38 Pay attention to the values of boldfaced fields displayed.50 2. If the voltage is higher than this threshold.00 2.50 2. EntPhysicalName="LPU 2".05 5. The Required field indicates the ideal voltage.02 0. perform the following operations: 1. 39 . the board temperature is normal. The Minor field indicates the threshold of a high temperature for a minor alarm. 4. The Temp(C) field indicates the current temperature. 2. Procedure Step 1 Run the display temperature[ [ lpu | mpu | sfu ] slot slot-id [ pic pic-id ] ] command to view the temperature status on each board. 2. Unit:C.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 4 Checking the Hardware Troubleshooting If the board voltage is below the lower voltage threshold. The Fatal field indicates the threshold of a high temperature for a critical alarm. Replace the board and check that the board voltage increases above the lower voltage threshold. The Major field indicates the threshold of a high temperature for a major alarm. Prerequisites The CX600 has been logged in to. Replace the board and check that the board voltage drops below the upper voltage threshold. go on with the subsequent commissioning. Slot2 PCB I2C Addr Chl Status Minor Major Fatal Adj_speed Temp TMin Tmax (C) ----------------------------------------------------------------LPUF 1 1 0 NORMAL 70 80 90 60 70 36 LPUF 1 2 0 NORMAL 60 70 80 50 60 33 LPUF 1 4 0 NORMAL 70 80 90 60 70 35 LPUF 1 5 0 NORMAL 80 90 100 70 80 39 LPUF 1 6 0 NORMAL 70 80 90 60 70 38 LPUF 2 76 1 NORMAL 90 96 102 80 90 39 LPUF 2 76 2 NORMAL 90 96 102 80 90 40 TCMB 1 3 0 NORMAL 70 80 90 60 70 34 TCMB 1 7 0 NORMAL 60 70 80 50 60 31 Pay attention to the values of boldfaced fields displayed. Then. If the displayed value of the Temp(C) field is lower than that of the Minor field. <HUAWEI> display temperature SlotID2 Base-Board. If the board voltage is higher than the upper voltage threshold. If the fault persists after the preceding operations are complete. the CX600 may work abnormally or be damaged. Ltd. contact Huawei technical support personnel.. 3. If the board temperature reaches or exceeds the value of the Fatal field.10 Checking the Temperature of Each Board This section describes how to verify the board temperature. perform the following operations: 1. Check that the voltage of power supply is sufficient. For more information. contact Huawei technical support personnel. If the fault persists after the preceding operations are complete. ----End Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 2 Logging In to the CX600. Ltd. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. it is due to the high chip temperature. 40 .. no action is required or contact Huawei technical support personnel. Check whether the ambient temperature is too high. clean it. Check whether the air filter is clogged. 4. In this case.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 4 Checking the Hardware Troubleshooting If the board temperature exceeds the threshold. 2. If it is clogged. perform the following operations: 1. Check whether fans are faulty and replace any faulty fans. lower the temperature in the equipment room. 3. If the board temperature is still high after the preceding operations. If the ambient temperature is too high. 4 Checking E-Carrier and T-Carrier Interfaces This section describes how to check the link layer on E-Carrier and T-Carrier interfaces. 5. a CE1 interface is used as an example.1 Checking Ethernet Interfaces This section describes how to check the link layer on Ethernet interfaces. 5. In this section. 5. Ltd..3 Checking CPOS Interfaces This section describes how to check the link layer on CPOS interfaces. 5.7 Checking the Optical Power of Interfaces This section describes how to verify whether the optical power of SFP optical modules meets requirements.2 Checking POS Interfaces This section describes how to check the link layer on POS interfaces.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 5 5 Commissioning the Link Layer Commissioning the Link Layer About This Chapter This section describes how to commission the link layer when the CX600 is connected to other routers or transport devices. 5. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 41 . 5. 5.6 Checking FR Interfaces This section describes how to check the link layer on Frame Relay (FR) interfaces.5 Checking ATM Interfaces This section describes how to check the link layer on ATM interfaces. duplex mode.The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 Internet Address is 192. l The CX600 is running properly. Tx Power: -6.168.1/24 IP Sending Frames' Format is PKTFMT_ETHNT_2. rate.1. Transmission Distance: 550m Rx Power: -6. For example: <HUAWEI> display interface ethernet brief PHY: Physical *down: administratively down ^down: standby (l): loopback (b): BFD down InUti/OutUti: input utility/output utility Interface Physical Auto-Neg Duplex Trunk GigabitEthernet0/0/0 up enable half -GigabitEthernet2/0/0 up disable full -GigabitEthernet2/0/1 up disable full -GigabitEthernet3/0/2 up enable full -- Bandwidth InUti OutUti 100M 0% 0% 1000M 0.01% 1000M 0% 0% 1000M 0. Pause Flowcontrol:Receive Enable and Send Enable The setted port-tx-enabling delay time is: 0 ms The remanent time of enabling port-tx is: 0 ms Last physical up time : 2010-03-21 15:35:04 Last physical down time : 2010-03-21 15:35:04 Current system time: 2010-02-10 23:49:52 Statistics last cleared: never Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. IP address.28dBm Loopback:none. Prerequisites l Hardware installation is complete. and operation mode of an Ethernet interface. mask. For more information.72dBm.01% In normal situations. Hardware address is 00e0-fc7d-a49d The Vendor PN is FTRJ8519P1BNL-HW The Vendor Name is FINISAR CORP.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 5 Commissioning the Link Layer 5. GigabitEthernet2/0/0 Interface Route Port. Procedure Step 1 Run the display interface ethernet brief command to view the physical status. Transceiver max BW: 1G. Transceiver Mode: MultiMode WaveLength: 850nm. auto-negotiation mode. as shown by the characters displayed in boldface. Port BW: 1G.1 Checking Ethernet Interfaces This section describes how to check the link layer on Ethernet interfaces. Ltd. and latest average inbound and outbound bandwidth usage of Ethernet interfaces. Step 2 Run the display interface command to view the MTU.01% 0. Quidway Series. the physical status of interfaces are up. see 4 Checking the Hardware. negotiation: disable. 42 . full-duplex mode. For example: <HUAWEI> display interface gigabitethernet 2/0/0 GigabitEthernet2/0/0 current state : UP Line protocol current state : UP Last line protocol up time : 2010-02-09 04:26:01 Description:HUAWEI.01% 0. rate.. 2: bytes=56 Sequence=5 ttl=255 time=113 ms --.01% Output bandwidth utilization : 0.2: bytes=56 Sequence=4 ttl=255 time=1 ms Reply from 192. perform the following operations: 1. – Check that the optical modules on the local and peer interfaces are matched. rate. Ltd. including interface types.1.168. Run the display interface interface-type interface-number command to view the optical module information and interface configurations on the local and peer ends.168. the ping operation should succeed. and optical powers of optical modules. Underrun: 0 packets System: 0 packets. press CTRL_C to break Reply from 192. Undersized Frame: 0 packets RxPause: 0 packets Output: Unicast: 0 packets.2: bytes=56 Sequence=3 ttl=255 time=1 ms Reply from 192. If they are inconsistent.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 1/23/113 ms In normal situations.2: bytes=56 Sequence=2 ttl=255 time=1 ms Reply from 192. 61864 packets Output: 1718640 bytes. 0 packets/sec Last 300 seconds output rate: 88 bits/sec. Step 3 Run the ping command to test Ethernet link connectivity. If the fiber or either of the optical modules does not meet the requirement. 5208 packets Input: Unicast: 0 packets.1.168.1. run the duplex command to make the two interfaces use the same duplex mode. as shown by the characters displayed in boldface. – Check that the auto-negotiation modes on the local and peer interfaces are consistent. 0 packets/sec Input: 4763528 bytes.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 5 Commissioning the Link Layer Last 300 seconds input rate: 240 bits/sec. If the peer device is not started. JumboOctets: 0 packets Lost: 0 packets. the physical status and protocol status of an Ethernet interface are up.1. LongPacket: 0 packets Jabber: 0 packets. wavelengths.2: bytes=56 Sequence=1 ttl=255 time=2 ms Reply from 192.168. Overflow: 0 packets.168.01% In normal situations. For example: <HUAWEI> ping 192. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Multicast: 30932 packets Broadcast: 30932 packets. replace it. Multicast: 5208 packets Broadcast: 0 packets.1.1. Symbol: 0 packets Overrun: 0 packets. Check that the peer device is started.2 PING 192. Check the fiber connected the optical modules and the power of connected optical modules meet the requirement.1.1. and the link status on the local end are the same as that on the peer end.168.168.2: 56 data bytes.2 ping statistics --5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0. 43 . Overruns: 0 packets TxPause: 0 packets Input bandwidth utilization : 0. Alignment: 0 packets Fragment: 0 packets.192. 2. start it..168. JumboOctets: 0 packets CRC: 0 packets. ----End Troubleshooting l If the physical status of an Ethernet interface is Down after the interface is configured. Reliable communication between two Ethernet devices is available only when they use the same link layer protocol. 2. 4. l If the fault persists after the preceding operations are complete. see 4 Checking the Hardware. and the device. the remote interface is normal. 5. If the remote physical layer is Up. You need to replace the fiber. If they are inconsistent. Ltd. 5. After you run the undo shutdown command in the interface view. link layer protocol status. fiber. l The CX600 is running properly. Check that the auto-negotiation modes on the local and peer Ethernet interfaces are consistent. TTL of packets. 44 . This means that the fiber is connected to the correct transmit optical module and receive optical module. including the physical status. format of transmitted Ethernet frames. reconfigure the IP addresses. 3.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 5 Commissioning the Link Layer – Check that the interface configurations such as the MTU. bandwidth usage. If the indicator is off. check the optical module. If the interface is Up. and statistics about incorrect packets. If the fault persists after the preceding operations are complete. Check that the IP address of the local Ethernet interface belongs to the same subnet as that of the peer Ethernet interface. Check that the local end is correctly connected to the peer end. If an Ethernet interface cannot be pinged.. contact Huawei technical support personnel. adjust them to ensure consistency. Check that the fiber is properly and correctly installed. and maximum QoS bandwidth on the local and peer ends are consistent. Perform self-loop detection on interfaces to check whether the interfaces are normal. For more information. connect the RX end and TX end of an optical module on the local interface using a fiber. Check whether the interface is Up. 3. Prerequisites l Hardware installation is complete. the link works properly. the local interface is normal. contact Huawei technical support personnel. <HUAWEI> display interface brief | include Pos PHY: Physical Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. interface. Check that the link layer protocols on the local and peer ends are consistent. – Check that the traffic is normal. Observe the Link indicator on the LPU where the local Ethernet interface resides. This means that the two IP addresses must have the same network address and different host addresses.2 Checking POS Interfaces This section describes how to check the link layer on POS interfaces. perform the following operations: 1. 4. If the indicator is on. 5. If the two IP addresses do not belong to the same subnet. Procedure Step 1 Run the display interface brief command to view brief information about POS interfaces. Perform the same operation on the remote interface. 0 lostpacket Output: 800005 packets. Tx Power: -6.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 5 Commissioning the Link Layer *down: administratively down ^down: standby (l): loopback (s): spoofing (b): BFD down (e): EFM down (d): Dampening Suppressed InUti/OutUti: input utility/output utility Interface PHY Protocol InUti OutUti inErrors outErrors Pos1/0/0 up up 0.01% 3795064053 0 Pos1/0/1 down down 0% 0% 343911292 0 Pos1/0/2 down down 0% 0% 343913408 0 Pos1/0/3 down down 0% 0% 343915353 0 This command can quickly display the physical status and link layer protocol status of all POS interfaces on the CX600. 0 CRC. Scramble enabled. Pos1/0/0 Interface Route Port.00dBm Physical layer is Packet Over SDH.The Maximum Transmit Unit is 4470.01% 0. For example: <HUAWEI> display interface pos 1/0/0 Pos1/0/0 current state : UP Line protocol current state : UP Last line protocol up time : 2011-03-12 22:16:41 Description:HUAWEI.1/24 Link layer protocol is PPP LCP opened. IPCP opened The Vendor PN is FTRJ8519P1BNL-HW The Vendor Name is FINISAR CORP.51dBm. Port BW: 2. 0 longpacket. Transmission Distance: 5km Rx Power: -5.01% As shown by the characters displayed in boldface. 0 underrunpackets Input bandwidth utilization : 0.5G.5G. Step 2 Run the display interface pos command to view the physical status. Transceiver Mode: SingleMode WaveLength: 1310nm. Hold timer is 10(sec) Internet Address is 1. Quidway Series. Ltd.. 23333 packets/sec Last 30 seconds output rate 23520304 bits/sec. clock mode on a POS interface. the physical status and link layer protocol status on a POS interface are UP.01% Output bandwidth utilization : 0. CRC-32. Transceiver max BW: 2. 94402078 bytes Input error: 0 shortpacket. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 100801469 bytes Output error: 0 lostpackets Output error: 0 overrunpackets. 45 . no alarms and errors are displayed. 23333 packets/sec Input: 800011 packets. link layer protocol status.0. link configurations on the local POS interface are the same as those on the peer POS interface.0. clock master. loopback: none Flag J0 "NetEngine " Flag J1 "NetEngine " Flag C2 22(0x16) The setted port-tx-enabling delay time is: 0 ms The remanent time of enabling port-tx is: 0 ms Last physical up time : 2011-03-12 22:16:35 Last physical down time : 2011-03-12 22:16:34 Current system time: 2011-03-12 22:16:43 SDH alarm: section layer: none line layer: none path layer: none SDH error: section layer: B1 0 line layer: B2 0 REI 0 path layer: B3 0 Statistics last cleared:2010-01-08 17:00:08 Last 30 seconds input rate 22026736 bits/sec. in normal situations. – If only the B3 error code count increases. the input and output optical power of the interfaces are normal.2: bytes=56 Sequence=2 ttl=255 time=1 ms Reply from 192. Run the display interface pos [ interface-number ] command.168. you also need to check the entire WDM link to ensure stable transmission. the ping operation should succeed. 2.2: 56 data bytes. l If the value of the current state field is Administratively down. If you hear a click when installing the fiber or an optical module. perform the following operations: 1. Run the undo shutdown command in the interface view. Or.1.1. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and B3 error code counts displayed under the SDH error fields increase.168.2 PING 192. 46 . l If the values of the fields under the SDH alarm field are not none and B1. B2. If the fault persists. Step 3 Run the ping command to test POS link connectivity. An optical module or a fiber connector has a fastener.1. l If the input optical power is smaller than the receiver sensitivity.2: bytes=56 Sequence=5 ttl=255 time=113 ms --. press CTRL_C to break Reply from 192.1. Check that the local and peer POS interfaces are enabled.168. go to Step 2.168. ensure that it is stable.2: bytes=56 Sequence=1 ttl=255 time=2 ms Reply from 192. replace the optical module.2: bytes=56 Sequence=4 ttl=255 time=1 ms Reply from 192. Ltd. go to Step 3. For example: <HUAWEI> ping 192.168. check the direct link between the optical modules as well as these modules on the two ends.192. the POS interface is not enabled. adjust the link or replace the peer optical module. check the link directly connecting the peer device and an SDH device because this problem often occurs when a routing device is connected to an SDH device. If the link between the concerned SDH devices is a WDM link. Check that the fiber and optical modules are properly installed.1. ----End Troubleshooting If the physical status of a POS interface does not go Up after it is connected.1. the fiber or optical module is properly installed.168.1. B2.1..168.2: bytes=56 Sequence=3 ttl=255 time=1 ms Reply from 192. If the link is a WDM link. and B3 error code counts all increase.2 ping statistics --5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0. and there are no SDH alarms.168. run the command several times to check whether the counts increase. note the following points: – If B1.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 5 Commissioning the Link Layer If the alarm count and error count are not 0. run the reset counters interface command to clear the statistics and then run the command several times. If the fault persists.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 1/23/113 ms In normal situations. l If the output optical power is not within the allowed range. Flag C2: 2(0x2) RX:Flag J0: "NetEngine ". l If the physical layer is Up and SDH alarms are all cleared and B1.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 3. remove it and then connect the fiber to the receive optical module of that interface on the local end). and B3 error code counts do not increase on the interface. Switch the services of the board or the concerned interface to another board and then replace the optical modules or the board to see if the fault will be rectified. l If the physical layer is not Up. Ltd. see 4 Checking the Hardware. If the fault persists. loopback none TX:Flag J0: "NetEngine ". Flag J1: "NetEngine ". Flag J1: "NetEngine ". Use a fiber to perform local loopback. You need to check the link and the peer device. l The CX600 is running properly. 47 .. the local optical modules and the board where the interface resides work properly. NOTE Before using a fiber to perform local loopback. For example: <HUAWEI> display controller cpos 1/0/0 Cpos1/0/0 current state : UP Description : Cpos1/0/0 Interface The Vendor Name is AGILENT The Vendor PN is QFCT-5736TP Port BW: 155M. If the fault persists. Procedure Step 1 Run the display controller cpos command to check the status of a CPOS interface. run the clock master command to set the clock mode of an interface to master. 5. go to Step 4. Collect the following information and contact Huawei technical support personnel: l Results of the preceding operation procedure l Configuration files. the local optical modules or the board where the modules reside works abnormally. go to Step 5. Flag C2: 2(0x2) Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and alarm files of the CX600 5. B2. For more information. 5 Commissioning the Link Layer Check that the fiber is connected to the correct transmit optical module and receive optical module. log files. if the fiber is connected to the transmit optical module of an interface on the local end. Transmission Distance: 15km Physical layer is Packet Over SDH clock master. Use a good fiber to connect the transmit and receive optical modules of the local interface. Remove the fiber and connect it to a different module of the original interface on each end (for example.3 Checking CPOS Interfaces This section describes how to check the link layer on CPOS interfaces. Transceiver Mode: SingleMode WaveLengh: 1310nm. Prerequisites l Hardware installation is complete. Multiplex AU-4. 4. If the fault is not rectified. Transceiver max BW: 155M. restore the original fiber connection. the physical status and link layer protocol status of the serial interface are Up when the serial interface channelized from a CPOS interface is correctly configured.1. If the IP addresses of the serial interfaces on both ends of the link and routes are correctly configured. If the alarm count and error count are not 0.2: bytes=56 Sequence=1 ttl=255 time=2 ms Reply from 192.1.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 5 Commissioning the Link Layer section layer: alarm: none error: B1 0 line layer: alarm: none error: B2 0 REI 0 path layer: alarm: none error: B3 0 REI 0 The setted port-tx-enabling delay time is: 0 ms The remanent time of enabling port-tx is: 0 ms As shown by the characters displayed in boldface. 0 dummy packets ES: 0.1.168. Serial1/0/0/0:0 Interface Route Port.2: bytes=56 Sequence=5 ttl=255 time=113 ms Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.00% As shown by the characters displayed in boldface.1.168. Or. the CPOS interface status is UP when the CPOS interface is correctly configured.168.2 PING 192. 48 . Ltd.The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500. Hold timer is 10(sec) Derived from CPOS 1/0/0 e1 1. Quidway Series.168. For example: <HUAWEI> display interface serial 1/0/0/0:0 Serial1/0/0/0:0 current state : Up Line protocol current state : Up Description:HUAWEI. 0 overrun count 0 misorder packets.2: bytes=56 Sequence=3 ttl=255 time=1 ms Reply from 192. Step 3 Run the ping command to test CPOS link connectivity.1.168.2: 56 data bytes.168. baudrate is 1984000 bps Internet protocol processing : enabled Link layer protocol is PPP LCP initial clock master. the network layer protocol status on the local serial interface is enabled. press CTRL_C to break Reply from 192. Step 2 Run the display interface serial command to view the operating status of and statistics on the serial interface.00% Output bandwidth utilization : 0. For example: <HUAWEI> ping 192. SES: 0.1.2: bytes=56 Sequence=4 ttl=255 time=1 ms Reply from 192. Timeslot(s) Used: 1-31. and no alarms or errors are displayed. loopback none CRC: CRC-32 Current system time: 2011-01-21 17:45:40 Framer LOS Alarm Status(0-NONE 1-ALARM): 0 Framer LOF Alarm Status(0-NONE 1-ALARM): 1 Framer PAIS Alarm Status(0-NONE 1-ALARM): 1 Framer PRDI Alarm Status(0-NONE 1-ALARM): 0 PSN2TDM PW Alarm status(0-NONE 1-RDI 2-AIS): 0 Statistics last cleared:2011-01-21 10:18:07 09:25:21 Traffic statistics: Input: 0 packets Output: 0 packets Output error: 0 underrun count.1. run the command several times to check whether the counts increase. UAS: 0 Input bandwidth utilization : 0..168. clear the statistics and then run the command several times. 0 malformed packets 0 los packets.2: bytes=56 Sequence=2 ttl=255 time=1 ms Reply from 192. If the link layer protocol is PPP. Run the display this interface command on the serial interface on each end to view the configured link layer protocol. Check that the HDLC configuration is correct.192. a.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 1/23/113 ms In normal situations. perform the following operations: 1. Check that the link layer protocol configurations on both ends of the link are consistent. Check the physical status of the CPOS interfaces on both ends. the board where the interface resides may be faulty. If the fiber is correctly and properly installed. Otherwise. If that command has been configured. run the clock master command and then the loopback local command on the CPOS interface on each end. go to Step 3.. If the link layer protocol is HDLC. ensure that the IP address borrower can learn the route to its peer. the fiber may be faulty. b. Check the type of fiber connecting the CPOS interfaces and whether the fiber is correctly installed. You can see that the physical status of the interface is Up. 3. If the physical status of the interface on either end is still Down. 2. the ping operation will fail. b. Run the display interface interface-type interface-number command on the serial interface on each end to view the MTU.168. Run the display this command on the serial interface on each end to check whether the ip address unnumbered interface interface-type interface-number command has been configured. If the MTUs on the serial interfaces on the two ends are not the same. Check whether IP address unnumbered is configured on the serial interfaces on both ends.1. Run the display interface interface-type interface-number command on the serial interface on each end to view the value of the hold timer field. If PPP is configured on one end and HDLC is configured on the other end. a. b. run the undo shutdown command and then the display this interface command on the local serial interface. Check whether the MTUs on the serial interfaces on both ends are the same.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 5 Commissioning the Link Layer --. In this case. a. If the physical status of the interface on each end is Up. ----End Troubleshooting If serial interfaces on the two ends of a link cannot communicate with each other after the interfaces are configured. Check whether the same hold time is configured on the two ends. If different values of Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. c. If the fault persists. Ltd. go to Step 4. the ping operation should succeed. 49 . change the link layer protocol configurations to ensure consistency on both ends. If the physical status of the interface is Down. run the mtu command on one end to ensure MTU consistency.2 ping statistics --5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0. proceed with the following operations. seek technical support. 4. the IPCP negotiation status cannot be checked. Otherwise. In this phase. check that the user name and password of the authenticated are correct. As a prerequisite. b. NOTE Authentication is required between LCP negotiation and IPCP negotiation. run the timer hold command on one end to change the field value and ensure value consistency. the link is disconnected. In addition. The command output shows the LCP negotiation status. run the display this interface command on the serial interface on either end. the IP addresses of serial interfaces are negotiated between the two ends. If PPP is started after LCP and IPCP negotiation but the serial interfaces on the two ends still cannot ping each other. contact Huawei technical support personnel. a link will be set up and some basic link characteristics on the two ends will reach consistency.. If the status is opened. 50 . enable debugging and check the statistics on the interface. If authentication fails. Verify that IP addresses are correctly configured for the serial interfaces on the two ends. 5. a CE1 interface is used as an example. Then. LCP negotiation has not been completed yet. LCP negotiation is the first phase of the setup of a PPP connection. If the status is opened. If LCP negotiation between the two ends succeeds. IPCP negotiation is completed. IPCP negotiation has not been completed yet. If the fault persists. to check that the authentication messages are correctly transmitted and received. Check whether Internet Protocol Control Protocol (IPCP) negotiation goes smoothly. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. It is supposed that no authentication is configured in the preceding steps. If authentication is configured in real-world situations. Otherwise. Check whether Link Control Protocol (LCP) negotiation goes smoothly. contact Huawei technical support personnel. If the command output shows that the link layer protocol is Down. Otherwise.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 5 Commissioning the Link Layer the hold timer field are configured on the two ends. 5. If the fault persists. run the display this interface command on the serial interface on each end. which can be Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) authentication or Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) authentication. LCP negotiation is completed. see 4 Checking the Hardware. Ltd. the serial interfaces on the two ends must be configured with IP addresses. Check statistics on the serial interfaces on the two ends. Prerequisites l Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Hardware installation is complete. In this section. Run the display this interface command on the serial interface on either end. The command output shows the IPCP negotiation status. Check that PPP works properly between the serial interfaces on the two ends. IPCP negotiation follows successful LCP negotiation and authentication. After confirming that the IP addresses configured on the serial interfaces on the two ends are correct. 6. check statistics on the serial interfaces to find if the transmission of other types of packets is faulty.4 Checking E-Carrier and T-Carrier Interfaces This section describes how to check the link layer on E-Carrier and T-Carrier interfaces. perform the following operations to find the reason why PPP is not started: a. For more information. 2 PING 192. Quidway Series. Serial1/0/0/0:0 Interface Route Port.The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500.168. For example: <HUAWEI> ping 192.2: bytes=56 Sequence=1 ttl=255 time=2 ms Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Step 3 Run the ping command to test CE1 link connectivity.2: 56 data bytes. UAS: 0 Input bandwidth utilization : 0.168. For example: <HUAWEI> display interface serial 1/0/0/0:0 Serial1/0/0/0:0 current state : Up Line protocol current state : Up Description:HUAWEI. For example: <HUAWEI> display controller e1 1/0/0 E1 1/0/0 current state : UP Description : HUAWEI. the network layer protocol status on the local serial interface is enabled. 0 overrun count 0 misorder packets. Procedure Step 1 Run the display controller e1 command to check the status of a CE1 interface. press CTRL_C to break Reply from 192.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide l 5 Commissioning the Link Layer The CX600 is running properly. the CE1 interface status is UP when the CE1 interface is correctly configured.1. and no alarms or errors are displayed. loopback none section layer: alarm: none line layer: alarm: none path layer: alarm: none The setted port-tx-enabling delay time is: 0 ms The remanent time of enabling port-tx is: 0 ms As shown by the characters displayed in boldface. linecode hdb3 . Ltd. loopback none CRC: CRC-32 Current system time: 2011-01-21 17:45:40 Framer LOS Alarm Status(0-NONE 1-ALARM): 0 Framer LOF Alarm Status(0-NONE 1-ALARM): 1 Framer PAIS Alarm Status(0-NONE 1-ALARM): 1 Framer PRDI Alarm Status(0-NONE 1-ALARM): 0 PSN2TDM PW Alarm status(0-NONE 1-RDI 2-AIS): 0 Statistics last cleared:2011-01-21 10:18:07 09:25:21 Traffic statistics: Input: 0 packets Output: 0 packets Output error: 0 underrun count. the physical status and link layer protocol status of the serial interface are Up when the serial interface channelized from a CE1 interface is correctly configured. If the IP addresses of the serial interfaces on both ends of the link and routes are correctly configured. Hold timer is 10(sec) Derived from CPOS 1/0/0 e1 1.00% As shown by the characters displayed in boldface. Quidway Series..00% Output bandwidth utilization : 0. E1 1/0/0 Interface Physical layer is Packet Over NO-CRC4 clock master. 0 malformed packets 0 los packets. Timeslot(s) Used: 1-31. Step 2 Run the display interface serial command to view the operating status of and statistics on the serial interface.1. SES: 0. 0 dummy packets ES: 0. 51 . baudrate is 1984000 bps Internet protocol processing : enabled Link layer protocol is PPP LCP initial clock master.168.1. on the two ends are consistent. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. c. E3.2: 192. The board needs to be repaired. Check that the physical layer is Up.1.2: 192.168. If the LCP negotiation status is not opened. LCP negotiation is completed only when the LCP negotiation status is opened. check whether correct IP addresses are configured for the interfaces on the two ends. If the physical layer is Up. Run the display controller e1 command to view interface information on each end. CT1. If the physical status is displayed as Administratively Down. run the link-protocol command in the CE1. check the following items: l Fiber is properly connected to the local interface and the indicator for the interface is in a normal state.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 1/23/113 ms In normal situations. serial.192.168.168. LCP negotiation has not been completed yet.168. such as the operation mode and line coding/decoding format. Check whether the two ends use the same link layer protocol. perform the following operations: 1. If the link status is Down. If the fault persists. the shutdown command has been run on the interface.168. or CT3 interface view to set the link layer protocol to HDLC and then run the loopback command in the CE1. If the physical status of the interface is Down. Run the display this interface command in the interface view to check if the physical status of the peer interface is Administratively Down and if loopback is configured on the peer interface. the board where the interface resides is faulty. CT1. 2. and the clock modes configured on the two ends are correct.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide Reply Reply Reply Reply from from from from 192.1. Check that the link layer is Up.1. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) a. E3.2 ping statistics --5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0. run the display interface serial command on each end to check the link status. and you need to replace the cable. 52 . a. If the physical status of the interface is Up.. If the physical status is displayed as Down.2: 192. l Interface configurations. Run the undo shutdown command to enable the interface. the ping operation should succeed.1.1. b.2: 5 Commissioning the Link Layer bytes=56 bytes=56 bytes=56 bytes=56 Sequence=2 Sequence=3 Sequence=4 Sequence=5 ttl=255 ttl=255 ttl=255 ttl=255 time=1 ms time=1 ms time=1 ms time=113 ms --. The link layer can go Up only when the two ends of the link use the same link layer protocol. Ltd. or CT3 interface view. The problem lies in the cable. ----End Troubleshooting If E-carrier or T-carrier interfaces on both ends of a link cannot communicate with each other after the interfaces are configured. the hardware on the local end works properly. l Fiber is properly connected to the peer interface. b. 5 Checking ATM Interfaces This section describes how to check the link layer on ATM interfaces. l The CX600 is running properly. 17:24:24 Description : Atm1/0/0 Interface Route Port.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide d. The Vendor PN is FTRJ1321P1BTL Transceiver BW: 2. run the display interface serial command to view statistics on the interfaces and contact Huawei technical support personnel. CRC-32. CBR: 0. USED BandWidth: 0Kbps VPI Max: 255. Maximum VCs: 2048 VCs on main-interface: 1 (Total VCs: 1) VPs on main-interface: 0 (Total VPs: 1 ) The Vendor Name is FINISAR CORP. Transmission Distance: 5km Rx Optical Power: -24. 5. 53 .. For more information. The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 Internet protocol processing : disabled AAL enabled: AAL5.95dBm.5G. see 4 Checking the Hardware. Tx Optical Power: -1. VCI Max: 2047 Scramble enabled. and link layer protocol status on an ATM interface. Transceiver Mode: Single Mode WaveLength: 1310nm.99dBm Physical layer is Packet Over SDH UBR: 1. Procedure Step 1 Run the display interface atm command to check the configurations. loopback: none Flag: J0 "NetEngine " Flag: J1 "NetEngine " Flag: C2 19(0x13) SDH alarm: section layer: OOF LOF LOS line layer: AIS path layer: AIS RDI SDH error: section layer: B1: 24 line layer: B2: 0 M1: 0 path layer: B3: 0 G1: 0 Statistics last cleared:never Send good cell: 0 cells Send idle cell: 25099462530 cells Receive idle cell: 0 cells Receive corrected cell: 0 Receive uncorrected cell: 97 Dropped receive cell: 0 cells Last dropped receive cell connection: 0/0 Last 30 seconds input rate: 0 bits/sec. If the interfaces on the two ends of the link still cannot ping each other even if all configurations are correct. 3. physical status. . clock master. Prerequisites l Hardware installation is complete. IPCP negotiation has not been completed. IPCP negotiation is completed only when the IPCP negotiation status is opened. 5 Commissioning the Link Layer If the LCP negotiation status is opened and the IPCP negotiation status is not opened. Ltd. For example: <HUAWEI> display interface atm 1/0/0 Atm1/0/0 current state : UP Line protocol current state : UP Last line protocol up time: 2010-11-03. VBR: 0. 0 Packets/sec Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2: bytes=56 Sequence=4 ttl=255 time=1 ms Reply from 192.11. The command output also displays the frame format. <HUAWEI> display atm map-info Atm1/0/0. and the interface where the PVC resides is Up.168.1(UP) Check the fields displayed in boldface in the preceding information to see if the PVP status is Up.1. <HUAWEI> display atm pvc-info VPI/VCI |STATE|PVC-NAME |INDEX |ENCAP|PROT |INTERFACE --------|-----|----------------|--------|-----|-----|------------------0/40 |UP | |1 |SNAP |IP |Atm1/0/0 (UP) 0/60 |UP |to_adsl_a |2 |SNAP |ETH |Atm1/0/0. Step 4 Run the display atm pvp-info command to view PVP information. 0 Packets As shown by the characters displayed in boldface. <HUAWEI> display atm pvp-info VPI | STATE | PVP-NAME | INDEX | ENCAP | PORT | INTERFACE -------------------------------------------------------------------10 | UP | | 0 | AAL0 | None | Atm2/0/0.168.168.1.1.1. 54 .2 ping statistics --5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0. Ltd.168. the application mode is correct (in the PROT field.168. vlink 1 Atm1/0/0. Step 5 Run the ping command to test ATM link connectivity. PVC 1/33. the application mode is correct (in the PROT field. and whether scrambling is enabled.1.2: 56 data bytes.. PVC 2/101.1 (UP) VPI/VCI |STATE|PVC-NAME |INDEX |ENCAP|PROT |INTERFACE --------|-----|----------------|--------|-----|-----|------------------1/10 |UP | |2 |SNAP |None |Atm2/0/0.168.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 5 Commissioning the Link Layer Last 30 seconds output rate: 0 bits/sec.1 (UP) 1/100 |UP | |1 |SNAP |IP |Atm2/0/0 (UP) Check the boldfaced fields displayed in the preceding information to see if the PVC status is Up. For example: <HUAWEI> ping 192. ETH. State UP100.1. clock mode.1. press CTRL_C to break Reply from 192. the ping operation should succeed. 0 Packets/sec Input: 0 Bytes.2: bytes=56 Sequence=2 ttl=255 time=1 ms Reply from 192.2: bytes=56 Sequence=3 ttl=255 time=1 ms Reply from 192.1. statistics interval. UP Step 3 Run the display atm pvc-info command to view PVC information. Virtual-Ethernet1/0/0.1.168.2: bytes=56 Sequence=5 ttl=255 time=113 ms --. and ETH indicates IPoEoA). IP.2: bytes=56 Sequence=1 ttl=255 time=2 ms Reply from 192. the physical status and link layer protocol status of the ATM interface are UP when the ATM interface is correctly configured. Step 2 Run the display atm map-info command to check whether information in the upper layer protocol mapping table is correct. and ETH indicates IPoEoA).1.168.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 1/23/113 ms In normal situations. 0 Packets Output: 0 Bytes.2 PING 192. ----End Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.192. IP indicates IPoA. IP indicates IPoA. and the interface where the PVP resides is Up. link layer protocol status. Check that the PVCs on the interfaces on both ends are the same. If they are Up. run the clock master command on one of the CX600s to provide an internal clock. PPPoA.6 Checking FR Interfaces This section describes how to check the link layer on Frame Relay (FR) interfaces. check whether the internal clocks are not enabled on two ATM interfaces. By default. 4. One is used for signal receiving and connected to the receive optical module. 5.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 5 Commissioning the Link Layer Troubleshooting If ATM interfaces on the two ends of a link cannot communicate with each other after the interfaces are configured. If the CX600s are directly connected or connected through a WDM device. Ltd. If some ping packets are lost or the ping fails. to ping each other. For IPoA. 55 . l If the physical status of the interface remains Down. the Link indicator on the ATM interface is On.. go to Step 3. In most cases. Check that the protocols (IPoA. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Check the physical status. If the fiber connections are correct. check whether the ATM interfaces on the two ends are multimode or single-mode interfaces. l The fiber connected to an ATM interface can be multimode or single-mode fiber. l Check that fiber is correctly connected to the ATM interface. Check that the configurations and protocol types on the ATM interfaces on the two ends are the same. check whether the MTUs on the ATM interfaces are the same. Check whether the authentication configurations on both ends are the same for PPPoA. the PVCs on the interfaces on both ends must be the same. Since ATM interfaces use PVCs for communication. go to Step 2. 5. contact Huawei technical support personnel. If the routing protocol over ATM is Open Shortest Path First (OSPF). If the ATM interfaces on the two ends can use short packets. IPoEoA. If the ATM interfaces on the two ends still cannot communicate with each other. 3. the physical status of the ATM interface is Down. l If two CX600s are directly connected. one CX600 uses a line clock. but sometimes a great number of packets will be discarded or CRC errors will occur. perform the following operations: 1. and the other is used for signal transmission and connected to the transmit optical module. An ATM interface is connected to two fibers. check that the protocol address mapping is correctly configured. the PVC mapped from the local to the peer IP address must be the same as the PVC mapped from the peer to the local IP address. Ensure that the fiber connections are correct. and clock mode on the ATM interface on each end. If both statuses are Down. If two CX600s are directly connected. the mapping information configured on the ATM interfaces must contain broadcast. but not long packets. 2. contact Huawei technical support personnel. a multimode interface and a single-mode interface that are directly connected can communicate with each other. Enter the ATM interface view and run the display this interface command to check the physical status and link layer protocol status of the ATM interface on each end. If the fiber connections are incorrect. or PPPoEoA) over the PVCs on the ATM interfaces on the two ends are the same. 1.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 5 Commissioning the Link Layer Prerequisites l Hardware installation is complete. DCE indicates the working mode of the interface on the network side.168.2: bytes=56 Sequence=1 ttl=255 time=2 ms Reply from 192. Pos1/0/0. Step 3 Run the ping command to test FR link connectivity.168.192.168. Step 2 Run the display fr map-info command to check the FR address mapping table.168. check whether no DLCI is Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. <HUAWEI> display fr map-info Map Statistics for interface Pos1/0/0 (DCE) DLCI 20. l The network layer protocol is Up.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 1/23/113 ms In normal situations.1.2 ping statistics --5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0. The command output also includes the type and link layer protocol status of the sub-interface. see 4 Checking the Hardware. point-to-point.1.1. DCE. 56 .1 created at: 2010/02/12 11:17:37. protocol up Pos1/0/0.1. protocol up Check the information displayed in boldface in the preceding information to ensure that: l The working mode of the FR interface is correct. If the network layer protocol status is Down.168.1. ----End Troubleshooting If the physical status of an FR interface is Down.1. the ping operation should succeed. status: ACTIVE Check the information displayed in boldface in the preceding information to ensure that the configured Data-Link Connection Identifier (DLCI) is correct and dynamic address mapping works properly (ACTIVE). For more information. Ltd. Point-to-Point DLCI.1.. For example: <HUAWEI> ping 192.1.2: bytes=56 Sequence=2 ttl=255 time=1 ms Reply from 192.2: 56 data bytes. press CTRL_C to break Reply from 192.2: bytes=56 Sequence=4 ttl=255 time=1 ms Reply from 192. Procedure Step 1 Run the display fr interface command to view the physical status and link layer protocol status of FR interfaces and whether the FR interfaces are DTE or DCE interfaces. l The sub-interface type is point-to-point.2: bytes=56 Sequence=5 ttl=255 time=113 ms --. DTE indicates the working mode of the interface on the user side.168.168. check whether the interface is properly connected to a cable.2: bytes=56 Sequence=3 ttl=255 time=1 ms Reply from 192. physical up.2 PING 192.168. l The CX600 is running properly. l The physical status and link layer protocol status are Up. <HUAWEI> display fr interface Pos1/0/0. 1/24 IP Sending Frames' Format is PKTFMT_ETHNT_2. Transmission Distance: 550m Rx Power: -6. If the output optical power of SFP optical modules on the boards of the NE80E/40E does not meet requirements.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 5 Commissioning the Link Layer configured on the FR interface or its peer interface or the DLCIs configured on both ends are not the same. l The CX600 is running properly. After changing the link layer configuration of an FR interface. run the shutdown command and then the undo shutdown command to restart the interface and make the configuration take effect. GigabitEthernet2/0/0 Interface Route Port.The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 Internet Address is 192. For more information. see 4 Checking the Hardware. 57 .28dBm Loopback:none. Prerequisite l Hardware installation is complete. the display on a GE interface is used.7 Checking the Optical Power of Interfaces This section describes how to verify whether the optical power of SFP optical modules meets requirements. The output of the display interface command and that of the display this interface command are the same. configure a DLCI on the sub-interface.. Port BW: 1G. Quidway Series. if the maximum transmission distance and central wavelength of the optical modules on the two connected interfaces are consistent and the input optical power and output optical power of the optical modules are within the allowed range. 5. packets will be lost and communication will be interrupted on the network layer.168. Ltd. you must shut down the sub-interface. NOTE The display this interface command can also be run in the interface view to display interface information. Tx Power: -6. and then restart the sub-interface to make the configuration take effect. You need to check whether the optical power of SFP optical modules meets requirements. <HUAWEI> display interface gigabitethernet 2/0/0 GigabitEthernet2/0/0 current state : UP Line protocol current state : UP Last line protocol up time : 2010-02-09 04:26:01 Description:HUAWEI. negotiation: disable. Hardware address is 00e0-fc7d-a49d The Vendor PN is FTRJ8519P1BNL-HW The Vendor Name is FINISAR CORP. Pause Flowcontrol:Receive Enable and Send Enable The setted port-tx-enabling delay time is: 0 ms The remanent time of enabling port-tx is: 0 ms Last physical up time : 2010-03-21 15:35:04 Last physical down time : 2010-03-21 15:35:04 Current system time: 2010-02-10 23:49:52 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1. Go on with the subsequent commissioning. Transceiver Mode: MultiMode WaveLength: 850nm.72dBm. When configuring a DLCI on a sub-interface. full-duplex mode. Transceiver max BW: 1G. Procedure Step 1 Run the display interface interface-type interface-number command to view the operating status and statistics on each of two connected interfaces. In the following example. LongPacket: 0 packets Jabber: 0 packets. 5208 packets Input: Unicast: 0 packets. l The input optical power must be lower than the overload optical power (3dBm). 0 packets/sec Last 300 seconds output rate: 88 bits/sec. Overruns: 0 packets TxPause: 0 packets Input bandwidth utilization : 0. Undersized Frame: 0 packets RxPause: 0 packets Output: Unicast: 0 packets. 0 packets/sec Input: 4763528 bytes. Check the output optical power of optical modules on the two ends against the "List of LPU Interface Attributes" to determine if the input optical power is within the allowed range. Multicast: 5208 packets Broadcast: 0 packets. Alignment: 0 packets Fragment: 0 packets. Symbol: 0 packets Overrun: 0 packets. the peer end will not receive any signals. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Underrun: 0 packets System: 0 packets. maximum transmission distance. To use the optical module on the local end. NOTE See "List of LPU Interface Attributes" in the appendix. the optical module may be damaged.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 5 Commissioning the Link Layer Statistics last cleared: never Last 300 seconds input rate: 240 bits/sec. Multicast: 30932 packets Broadcast: 30932 packets. ----End Troubleshooting If the output optical power of an optical module is beyond the allowed range. 58 . 61864 packets Output: 1718640 bytes.01% Output bandwidth utilization : 0. Overflow: 0 packets. fiber mode. JumboOctets: 0 packets Lost: 0 packets. Otherwise. replace the optical module. and central wavelength of the optical module are the same as that of its connected optical module on the peer end. the following two conditions for the input optical power of the optical module must be met: l The input optical power must be greater than the receiver sensitivity of the optical module (3dBm).01% Check boldfaced items displayed and ensure that the interface bandwidth. JumboOctets: 0 packets CRC: 0 packets. Ltd.. Otherwise. . ISIS) Commissioning BGP (IBGP. specifically.1 Commissioning Static Routes This section describes how to commission static routes.2 Commissioning 1588v2 You can select the clock synchronization configuration based on network planning. VPN services. 6.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Commissioning Services and Protocols About This Chapter This chapter describes how to commission services and protocols. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. OSPF. Service and Protocol Commissioning Figure 6-1 Flowchart for commissioning services and protocols Commissioning IGP(Static Route. 59 . routing protocols. and BFD functions used when the CX600 is connected to other routers or transport devices. This section describes how to commission 1588v2. tunnel services. MPLS TE Commissioning VPN (L3VPN. EBGP) Commissioning MPLS LDP. L2VPN) Commissioning BFD 6. Ltd. Ltd.17 Commissioning MPLS TE FRR This section describes how to commission MPLS TE FRR.6 Commissioning EBGP Routes This section describes how to commission EBGP routes.19 Commissioning VPN FRR In the networking of CE dual-homing. 6. you can configure VPN FRR to ensure the end-to-end VPN service fast switchover if the PE fails.13 Commissioning IP FRR on the Public Network This section describes how to commission IP FRR on the public network.7 Commissioning MPLS LDP This section describes how to commission MPLS LDP. 6.3 Commissioning OSPF Routes This section describes how to commission OSPF routes.10 Commissioning VPWS This section describes how to commission VPWS. 6.9 Commissioning BGP/MPLS IP VPN This section describes how to commission BGP/MPLS IP VPN. 6.14 Commissioning VPN IP FRR This section describes how to commission VPN IP FRR. 6.8 Commissioning MPLS TE This section describes how to commission MPLS TE. 6.16 Commissioning RSVP GR This section describes how to commission RSVP GR.. 6. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.5 Commissioning IBGP Routes This section describes how to commission IBGP routes. 6. This section describes how to commission VPN FRR. 6.18 Commissioning CR-LSP Hot Standby This section describes how to commission CR-LSP Hot Standby. 6.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols 6. 6. 60 . 6. 6.12 Commissioning BFD This section describes how to commission BFD. 6.4 Commissioning IS-IS Routes This section describes how to commission IS-IS routes.15 Commissioning OSPF FRR This section describes how to commission OSPF FRR. 6. 6.11 Commissioning VPLS This section describes how to commission VPLS. <HUAWEI> display ip routing-table Route Flags: R .1 InLoopBack0 192.168.0.0.1/32 Direct 0 0 D 127.1 / 24 GE1/0/0 network GE2/0/0 GE3/0/0 192.255. static routes are configured on the network to ensure successful communication between the commissioning device and the network connected to CX..1/32 Console PC 2.168. Prerequisite l The hardware has been checked. l The link layer has been commissioned.168.0.1.168.0. see 4 Checking the Hardware.168.download to fib -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Routing Tables: Public Destinations : 6 Routes : 6 Destination/Mask Proto Pre Cost Flags NextHop Interface 1.255/32 192.1 127.1.0.0.0/8 127.0. Context On the network shown in Figure 6-2.2.0.1.0.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols 6.1 Commissioning Static Routes This section describes how to commission static routes. 61 .0.0.relay.2 / 24 192. <HUAWEI> display ip routing-table protocol static Route Flags: R .0.1.1.1 127.0/24 Direct 0 0 D 192. D .B.1.1 GigabitEthernet0/0/0 127.1.2. For more information. see 5 Commissioning the Link Layer.1.167. Step 2 Run the display ip routing-table protocol command on the commissioning device to check route information about the specified routing protocol.1.2 InLoopBack0 InLoopBack0 InLoopBack0 GigabitEthernet1/0/0 The boldfaced items in the command output show the information about the static route between the commissioning device and the network connected to CX.2/32 192. For more information.1.0/24 Direct Direct Direct Static 0 0 0 60 0 0 0 0 D D D D 127. You can choose to configure a routing protocol based on the actual network plan.1.relay. Ltd.255.B.1/32 127. Figure 6-2 Typical networking for commissioning static routes 1.10 / 24 CX600-A CX600-B Procedure Step 1 Run the display ip routing-table command on the commissioning device to check whether the routing table contains static routes.download to fib Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. D .167.1 192. B. the higher the preference.167. 3. Run the display ip routing-table command to check the precedence of static routes in the IPv4 routing table.192. Run the display current-configuration | include route-static command to check whether static route parameters are correct and destination addresses.1. being lower than OSPF routes (10) and IS-IS routes (15).168. destination network addresses.167.167.167.1.167. Therefore.1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10 ping statistics --5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0. Check that static route parameters are correctly configured. if OSPF or IS-IS is also configured. 2.167. complete the following: 1. run the ip route-static default-preference preference command to set the default precedence of static routes to be higher than that of OSPF routes or IS-IS routes before configuring static routes.1.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Public routing table : Static Destinations : 1 Routes : 1 Configured Routes : 1 Static routing table status : <Active> Destinations : 1 Routes : 1 Destination/Mask Proto Pre Cost Flags NextHop Interface 192. preferences. The smaller the preference value. Then check the number of activated static routes.167. next-hop addresses.10: Reply from 192. Step 3 Run the ping command on the commissioning device to test the availability of the static routes.10: bytes.1.1.2 GigabitEthernet1/0/0 Static routing table status : <Inactive> Destinations : 0 Routes : 0 The boldfaced items in the command output show the information about the activated static routes.10: Reply from 192. The precedence of static routes is 60 by default. <HUAWEI> ping 192.10 PING 192. Ltd.167.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 23/55/93 ms The preceding command output shows that the commissioning device has a reachable IS-IS route to the CX.1. and next hops of IPv4 static routes are configured. 62 .1.167.1.10: Reply from 192. Check that the precedence of static routes is correctly configured.10: 56 data Reply from 192. to make static routes take effect. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) If the fault persists after the preceding operations are complete.0/24 Static 60 0 RD 192.. outbound interfaces. contact Huawei technical support personnel. ----End Troubleshooting If static routes are correctly configured but the commissioning device fails to receive some or all routes.10: Reply from 192. press CTRL_C bytes=56 Sequence=1 bytes=56 Sequence=2 bytes=56 Sequence=3 bytes=56 Sequence=4 bytes=56 Sequence=5 to break ttl=254 time=60 ttl=254 time=65 ttl=254 time=36 ttl=254 time=93 ttl=254 time=23 ms ms ms ms ms --.1. costs. and outbound interfaces. 1. and the device functions normally.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols 6. 63 . Prerequisites The following configurations are complete. <HUAWEI> system-view [HUAWEI] sysname CX-A [CX-A] display clock source Master clock source: Source Description Priority Sa-bit * 1 BITS0 19 sa4 2 BITS1 1 sa4 4 LPU2 19 -5 LPU3 19 -6 LPU4 19 -- Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Input SSM Forcessm Sourcestate unknown on normal unknown on abnormal unknown on normal unknown on normal unknown on normal Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the display clock source command on CX-A to check whether the frequency and time signals are successfully input from the BITS to CX-A. CX-C synchronizes frequency and time signals with CX-B using 1588v2.2 Commissioning 1588v2 You can select the clock synchronization configuration based on network planning. Ltd. CX-A synchronizes frequency and time signals with the BITS through the clock cable connecting to the MPU.. and CX-C are BC devices. and CX-A. 1588v2 is configured. Figure 6-3 Commissioning 1588v2 BITS CX600-A CX600-B CX600-C NodeB Procedure Step 1 Check whether the GrandMaster device (CX-A) synchronizes frequency and time signals with the BITS. l 4 Checking the Hardware l 5 Commissioning the Link Layer Context On the network shown in Figure 6-3. CX-B. This section describes how to commission 1588v2. CX-B synchronizes frequency and time signals with CX-A using 1588v2. and the 1588v2 interface on CX-A is in the master state. The bold part in the following command output shows the following information: l CX-A tracks the clock signals output by the BITS. CX-B. and the 1588v2 interface connecting CX-B to CX-C is in the master state. The 1588v2 interface connecting CXC to CX-B is in the slave state. 64 . [CX-A] display clock config Current source: 1 Workmode: manual SSM control: off Primary source: 1 Output SSM Level:bits0:unknown bits1:unknown Current source step into pull-in range Clock is in lock mode 3.. On CX-A: [CX-A] display ptp all Device config info -----------------------------------------------------------------PTP state :enabled Domain value :200 Slave only :no Device type :BC Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l CX-B tracks the PTP clock signals output by CX-B. l CX-B tracks the PTP clock signals output by CX-A. LPU6 PTP 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols 19 19 --- unknown unknown abnormal abnormal Run the display clock config command on CX-A to check whether the CX-A frequency is locked. Ltd. The 1588v2 interface connecting CXB to CX-A is in the slave state. and CX-C to check the 1588v2 protocol status and master and slave status of the 1588v2 interfaces.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 8 11 2. on on bits2:-- bits3:-- Run the display ptp all command on CX-A to check whether the time source of the 1588v2 module tracks the BITS. [CX-A] display ptp all Device config info -----------------------------------------------------------------PTP state :enabled Domain value :200 Slave only :no Device type :BC Set port state :no Local clock ID :000112fffe345678 Acl :no BMC run info -----------------------------------------------------------------Source port :bits2 Leap :None UTC Offset :0 UTC Offset Valid :True Port info Name State Delay-mech Ann-timeout Type Domain -----------------------------------------------------------------------GigabitEthernet3/0/8 master delay 9 BC 200 Clock source info Clock Pri1 Pri2 Accuracy Class TimeSrc Signal Switch Direction In-Status -----------------------------------------------------------------------local 128 128 0x31 187 0xa0 bits0 128 128 0x20 6 0x20 none on -/abnormal bits1 128 128 0x20 6 0x20 dcls on in/out abnormal bits2 0 128 0x20 6 0x20 1pps on in/normal Step 2 Run the display ptp all command on CX-A. . 65 . Ltd.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide Set port state Acl 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols :no :no Local clock ID :000112fffe345678 BMC run info -----------------------------------------------------------------Source port :bits2 Leap :None UTC Offset :0 UTC Offset Valid :True Port info Name State Delay-mech Ann-timeout Type Domain -----------------------------------------------------------------------GigabitEthernet3/0/8 master delay 9 BC 200 Clock source info Clock Pri1 Pri2 Accuracy Class TimeSrc Signal Switch Direction In-Status -----------------------------------------------------------------------local 128 128 0x31 187 0xa0 bits0 128 128 0x20 6 0x20 none on -/abnormal bits1 128 128 0x20 6 0x20 dcls on in/out abnormal bits2 0 128 0x20 6 0x20 1pps on in/normal On CX-B: <HUAWEI> system-view [HUAWEI] sysname CX-B [CX-B] display ptp all Device config info -----------------------------------------------------------------PTP state :enabled Domain value :200 Slave only :no Device type :BC Set port state :no Local clock ID :00ffaafffeffbbff Acl :no BMC run info -----------------------------------------------------------------Grand clock ID :000112fffe345678 Receive number :GigabitEthernet4/1/7 Parent clock ID : 000112fffe345678 Parent portnumber :8455 Priority1 :0 Priority2 :128 Step removed :2 Clock accuracy :32 Clock class :6 Time Source :32 UTC Offset :0 UTC Offset Valid :True Time Scale :PTP Time Traceable :True Leap :None Frequence Traceable:False Port info Name State Delay-mech Ann-timeout Type Domain -----------------------------------------------------------------------GigabitEthernet4/1/7 slave delay 9 BC 200 GigabitEthernet4/1/0 master pdelay 9 BC 200 Time Performance Statistics(ns): Slot 4 Card 1 Port 7 -----------------------------------------------------------------------Realtime(T2-T1) :63 Pathdelay :0 Max(T2-T1) :86 Min(T2-T1) :48 Clock source info Clock Pri1 Pri2 Accuracy Class TimeSrc Signal Switch Direction In-Status -----------------------------------------------------------------------local 128 128 0x31 187 0xa0 bits0 128 128 0x20 6 0x20 none off -/abnormal bits1 128 128 0x20 6 0x20 none off -/abnormal bits2 128 128 0x20 6 0x20 1pps off -/out abnormal Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. . Repeat the preceding operation on CX-C and check whether CX-C synchronizes the time with CX-B. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and CX-C reaches accuracy in seconds. CX-B has synchronized the time with CX-A. CX-B. CX-B. Run the display ptp utc command on CX-A.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols On CX-C: <HUAWEI> system-view [HUAWEI] sysname CX-C [CX-C] display ptp all Device config info -----------------------------------------------------------------PTP state :enabled Domain value :200 Slave only :no Device type :BC Set port state :no Local clock ID :001882fffe53a56c Acl :no BMC run info -----------------------------------------------------------------Grand clock ID :000112fffe345678 Receive number :GigabitEthernet8/0/0 Parent clock ID :00ffaafffeffbbff Parent portnumber :4352 Priority1 :0 Priority2 :128 Step removed :2 Clock accuracy :32 Clock class :6 Time Source :32 UTC Offset :0 UTC Offset Valid :True Time Scale :PTP Time Traceable :True Leap :None Frequence Traceable:False Port info Name State Delay-mech Ann-timeout Type Domain -----------------------------------------------------------------------GigabitEthernet8/0/0 slave pdelay 9 BC 200 Time Performance Statistics(ns): Slot 8 Card 0 Port 0 -----------------------------------------------------------------------Realtime(T2-T1) :125 Pathdelay :2 Max(T2-T1) :420 Min(T2-T1) :63 Clock source info Clock Pri1 Pri2 Accuracy Class TimeSrc Signal Switch Direction In-Status -----------------------------------------------------------------------local 129 128 0x31 187 0xa0 bits0 128 128 0x20 6 0x20 none off -/abnormal bits1 128 128 0x20 6 0x20 dcls on in/out abnormal bits2 128 128 0x20 6 0x20 1pps on -/out abnormal Step 3 CX-B and CX-C synchronize the time with their own master devices. If so. and CX-C to check the UTC time. 66 . Ltd. The command output shows that the UTC time synchronization on CX-A. [CX-A] display ptp utc UTC Time:2012-01-01 14:53:26 [CX-B] display ptp utc UTC Time:2012-01-01 14:53:26 [CX-C] display ptp utc UTC Time:2012-01-01 14:53:26 Run the display ptp all command on CX-B three to five times at an interval of several seconds and check whether the Realtime(T2-T1) field value remains at a fixed value. 1.2. For more information.1/32 Console PC Issue 04 (2014-04-01) 2.167. The Max(T2-T1) and Min(T2-T1) fields in the display ptp all command output record the maximum and minimum time differences respectively.1.168.1.1 / 24 GE1/0/0 network GE2/0/0 GE3/0/0 192.. 67 .10 / 24 CX600-A CX600-B Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. OSPF is configured on the network to ensure successful communication between the commissioning device and the network connected to CX.3 Commissioning OSPF Routes This section describes how to commission OSPF routes.1. For more information. Context On the network shown in Figure 6-4. see 4 Checking the Hardware.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols NOTE When the slave device is in the time synchronization state. On CX-B: [CX-B] display clock Master clock source: Source Description 1 BITS0 2 BITS1 6 LPU4 8 LPU6 * 19 PTP source Priority 19 19 19 19 19 Sa-bit sa4 sa4 ---- Input SSM unknown unknown unknown unknown unknown Forcessm on on on on on Sourcestate abnormal abnormal normal normal normal Sa-bit sa4 sa4 ---- Input SSM unknown unknown unknown unknown unknown Forcessm on on on on on Sourcestate abnormal abnormal normal normal normal On CX-C: [CX-C] display clock Master clock source: Source Description 1 BITS0 2 BITS1 5 LPU3 10 LPU8 * 11 PTP source Priority 19 19 19 19 19 ----End 6.B. Figure 6-4 Typical networking for commissioning OSPF routes 1.2 / 24 192. l The link layer has been commissioned. Step 4 Both CX-B and CX-C restore frequency synchronization using 1588v2. see 5 Commissioning the Link Layer.168. Prerequisite l The hardware has been checked. the Realtime(T2-T1) field value varies with the type of the subcard where the 1588v2 interface resides and ranges from dozens to hundreds of nanoseconds. You can choose to configure a routing protocol based on the actual network plan. Ltd.2.1. You can run the reset ptp statistics all command to reset the two fields.2/32 192. 0/24 1 transit 192.0.1.3.0/24 1 2.2 2. If a neighbor stays in the Up state for a short period of time.2/32 1 192.0/24 2 Stub 192.2.0.1.2 Tag 1 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.168.168.0.168.1 Neighbors Area 0.0 0.2 AdvRouter 3.0/24 2 Routing for ASEs Destination 190.168.2 State: Full Mode:Nbr is Slave Priority: 1 DR: 192.0 0.1. Then check the number of neighbors.2.1 2.168.1 2.120.1. Step 2 Run the display ospf routing command on the commissioning device to view information about the OSPF routing table.2 192.0.1.0/16 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Cost 3 Type transit Stub Inter-area Type Type1 NextHop 192.167.1 BDR: 192.168.0 interface 192. next-hop addresses.0. the OSPF neighbor relationship has been recently interrupted.167.0.1. routers advertising the routes.0.2.1. Pay attention to such a symptom. route costs.0 0.1.0.0.1.1.0. destination network types.2.1.1.0..HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Procedure Step 1 Run the display ospf peer command on the commissioning device to view its OSPF neighbor information.0 In the command output. The OSPF routes in the preceding command output are intra-area routes.2. whether or not the neighbor relationships are in the Full state (indicating that the neighbors have finished LSDB synchronization and established the Full adjacency) and whether or not the neighbors can remain in the Up state for a long time.168.1.1.2 2.1 192.1.0 NextHop 192.1 Routing Tables Routing for Network Destination Cost Type NextHop 192. Inter-area OSPF routes: <HUAWEI> display ospf routing OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.2. AS numbers.0.2.168.2/32 1 Stub 192.1.2. AdvRouter 1.1.3.1 Routing Tables Routing for Network Destination Cost 192. and total number of networks of each type.2.0.2 Address: 192.1.1.168.1.2. check the destination network addresses.1.168.0.168.168.168. Intra-area OSPF routes: <HUAWEI> display ospf routing OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1(GigabitEthernet1/0/0)'s neighbors Router ID: 2.1.0 0.2.0.2 Area 0.1 2.2 Area 0. <HUAWEI> display ospf peer OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.3 68 .2.2 MTU: 0 Dead timer due in 35 sec Retrans timer interval: 5 Neighbor is up for 00:00:05 Authentication Sequence: [ 0 ] The boldfaced items in the command output show the OSPF neighbor information. Ltd.2 192.1.1.2 Total Nets: 3 Intra Area: 3 Inter Area: 0 ASE: 0 NSSA: 0 AdvRouter 1.2.2. Step 5 Run the display ospf error command on the commissioning device to view OSPF errors. Check that the OSPF VPN is correctly configured by checking the configurations of the OSPF process ID.1 OSPF error statistics General packet errors: 0 : IP: received my own packet 0 : Bad version 0 : Bad area id 0 : Bad virtual link 0 : Bad authentication key 0 : Packet size > ip length 0 : Interface down 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 : : : : : : : Bad packet Bad checksum Drop on unnumbered interface Bad authentication type Packet too small Transmit error Unknown neighbor HELLO packet errors: 0 : Netmask mismatch 0 : Dead timer mismatch 0 : Router id confusion 0 : NBMA neighbor unknown 0 0 0 0 : : : : Hello timer mismatch Extern option mismatch Virtual neighbor unknown Invalid Source Address DD packet errors: 0 : Neighbor state low 0 : Router id confusion Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1.0. one inter-area route. the routing table will contain them.0 network 192.0.0 0. Step 3 Run the display ospf interface command on the commissioning device to view its OSPF interface information. Check that the type.0..0.3 NSSA: 0 If the commissioning device has learned routes from other areas using OSPF.0.168.255 network 1.1 BDR 0.0 IP Address 1.0. <HUAWEI> display ospf error OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.0.1.0.2 The boldfaced items in the command output show the OSPF interface information.0 192. <HUAWEI> display ospf interface OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.0/24 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols 3 Total Nets: 5 Intra Area: 2 Inter Area: 1 Type1 ASE: 2 1 192.0.1.0 # The boldfaced items in the command output show the configurations that have taken effect. The boldfaced items in the command output show that there are two intraarea routes.1.0 192.1 192.0. and default route delivery. Step 4 Run the display current-configuration command on the commissioning device to check the configurations that have taken effect.0.1.3.3.168.0.1.2 3. and cost of the OSPF-enabled interface are correct.1.1 0. state.168.1.168. and two AS external routes.0. Ltd.1.1.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 200.1 Interfaces Area: 0. tag value.1.1 (MPLS TE not enabled) Type State Cost P2P P-2-P 0 Broadcast DR 1 Pri 1 1 DR 0.168. <HUAWEI> display current-configuration # ospf 1 vpn-instance comm_signal default-route-advertise always cost 1024 type 2 import-route direct import-route static route-tag 100 area 0.0.1. 69 .1. you can run this command to view OSPF error information. OSPF error information is a basis for OSPF fault diagnosis.1.10: Reply from 192.1. press CTRL_C bytes=56 Sequence=1 bytes=56 Sequence=2 bytes=56 Sequence=3 bytes=56 Sequence=4 bytes=56 Sequence=5 to break ttl=255 time=3 ttl=255 time=3 ttl=255 time=2 ttl=255 time=3 ttl=255 time=3 ms ms ms ms ms --.1. 70 .10 ping statistics --5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0. NeighborAreaId=[ULONG].167.167.192. NeighborRouterId=[IPADDR].HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 0 0 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols : Extern option mismatch : MTU option mismatch 0 : Unknown LSA type 0 : Unknown LSA type LS REQ packet errors: 0 : Neighbor state low 0 : Bad request 0 : Empty request LS UPD packet errors: 0 : Neighbor state low 0 : LSA checksum bad 0 : Unknown LSA type 0 0 : Newer self-generate LSA : Received less recent LSA Opaque errors: 0 : 9-out of flooding scope 0 : 11-out of flooding scope type 0 0 : 10-out of flooding scope Unkown TLV LS ACK packet errors: 0 : Neighbor state low Retransmission for packet over Limitation errors: 0 : Number for DD Packet 0 : Number for Update Packet 0 : Number for Request Packet Receive Grace LSA errors: 0 : Number of invalid LSAs 0 : Number of wrong period LSAs Configuration errors: 0 : Tunnel cost mistake 0 : Number of policy failed LSAs To locate OSPF faults. complete the following: 1.10: Reply from 192. Ltd. Run the display logbuffer command to view the following log information: NBR_DOWN_REASON(l): Neighbor state leaves full or changed to Down.167.167. ----End Troubleshooting If the OSPF neighbor relationship is Down after OSPF is configured.167. NeighborInterface=[STRING].00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 2/2/3 ms The preceding command output shows that the commissioning device has a reachable OSPF route to the network connected to CX.167.NeighborDownImmediate reason=[STRING]. NeighborChangeTime=[STRING]) Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1. Step 6 Run the ping command on the commissioning device to test the availability of OSPF routes.10: Reply from 192.167.167.1. NeighborDownPrimeReason=[STRING].1. (ProcessId= [USHORT].1.B.1.10 PING 192. Check logs to find the cause of the Down OSPF neighbor relationship.10: Reply from 192.10: bytes.10: 56 data Reply from 192.. <HUAWEI> ping 192. OSPF fails to receive and send protocol packets. <HUAWEI> display ospf interface OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1. In this case. the interface status has changed.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Check the NeighborDownImmediate reason field which records the cause of the Down OSPF neighbor relationship. check the NeighborDownPrimeReason field to find the specific cause of the fault. – If the NeighborDownPrimeReason field displays BFD Session Down. the BFD session status has become Down. the reset ospf process command has been executed. 2. and then rectify the interface fault. – If the NeighborDownPrimeReason field displays Physical Interface State Change. Whether or not this command has been run can be ensured by checking the operation records or log information. 4. Check that the link between the two ends is working normally. rectify the fault on the remote end.1. run the display ospf interface command to check that the OSPF status of the interface is Up.0. 3. go to Step 4. rectify the interface fault. rectify the high CPU usage fault. go to Step 3. or the reset ospf process command is run and hence the OSPF neighbor relationship becomes Down. In this case. run the display interface [ interface-type [ interface-number ] ] command to check the interface status. In this case.1 Interfaces Area: 0.1..0 IP Address Type (MPLS TE not enabled) State Cost Pri DR BDR Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l In other cases. If the physical status of the interface is Up. causing the OSPF status on the local end to become Down as well. causing the neighbor relationship to flap. Check that the CPU usage is within the normal range.0. Ltd. l Neighbor Down Due to Kill Neighbor It indicates that the interface or BFD session is in the Down state. 71 . If the CPU usage is too high. – If the NeighborDownPrimeReason field displays OSPF Process Reset. l Neighbor Down Due to 1-Wayhello Received or Neighbor Down Due to SequenceNum Mismatch It indicates that the OSPF status on the remote end becomes Down before the remote end sends a 1-Way Hello packet to the local end. Check whether or not the CPU usage on the MPU or LPU of the faulty device is too high. go to Step 9. If the link works properly. In this case. Run the display interface [ interface-type [ interface-number ] ] command to check the physical status of the interface. If the physical status of the interface is Down. Check that the interface status is Up. If the CPU usage is within the normal range. and hence the OSPF neighbor relationship becomes Down. In this case. In this case. Check that the link between the two ends works normally. including the transmission devices. go to Step 2. Possible causes are as follows: l Neighbor Down Due to Inactivity It indicates that the local end does not receive any Hello packet from its neighbor within the deadtime. rectify the BFD fault. OSPF neighbors cannot negotiate with each other successfully. Ltd.168.1. <HUAWEI> display ospf cumulative OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.168. Otherwise.1. l If the MTUs of the interfaces on both ends are consistent. BDR. l If the IP addresses of the two ends are on different network segments.. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1. go to Step 7. the interface MTUs must be consistent. l If the IP addresses of the two ends are on the same network segment.1 Cumulations IO Statistics Type Input Output Hello 28310 134625 DB Description 32 25 Link-State Req 17 9 Link-State Update 1051 657 Link-State Ack 606 982 ASE: (Disabled) LSAs originated by this router Router: 1 Network: 11 Sum-Net: 0 Sum-Asbr: 0 External: 0 NSSA: 0 Opq-Link: 0 Opq-Area: 20 Opq-As: 0 LSAs Originated: 32 LSAs Received: 1448 Routing Table: Intra Area: 11 Inter Area: 0 ASE: 0 Up Interface Cumulate: 6 Neighbor Cumulate: ======================================================= Neighbor cumulative data. 72 .1 0. DR. which ensures that a DR is elected correctly. (Process 88) ------------------------------------------------------Down: 0 Init: 0 Attempt: 0 2-Way: 0 Exstart: 0 Exchange: 0 Loading: 0 Full: 1 Retransmit Count: 0 Neighbor cumulative data.0.0 l If the OSPF status of the interface is Down. Check that the IP addresses of the two ends are on the same network segment. If so. go to Step 6. DR Other. run the display ospf cumulative command to check whether or not the number of interfaces enabled with OSPF in the OSPF process exceeds the limit. 5. reduce the number of interfaces enabled with OSPF. 7. Otherwise. On the broadcast and NBMA networks. (Total) ------------------------------------------------------Down: 0 Init: 0 Attempt: 0 2-Way: 0 Exstart: 0 Exchange: 0 Loading: 0 Full: 1 Retransmit Count: 0 l If the OSPF status of the interface is normal (for example. run the mtu mtu command in the interface view to change MTUs of the interfaces to be consistent on both ends. or P2P). go to Step 5. Check that MTUs of the interfaces on both ends are consistent. there should be at least one interface whose priority is not 0.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 192. 6. If ospf mtu-enable is enabled on the interfaces. modify the IP address of one end. the state of the OSPF neighbor relationship can only reach 2-Way.0. l If MTUs of the interfaces on both ends are inconsistent. Check that there is at least one interface whose priority is not 0.1 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Broadcast DR 1 1 192. 1.1 OSPF Protocol Information If OSPF router IDs of the two ends conflict. <HUAWEI> display ospf interface OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 111. Pri DR 1 192.0.1 Check that OSPF configurations on both ends are correct. If the value of this field continually increases.1 Interfaces Area: 0.1. the OSPF authentication types of the two ends that establish the neighbor relationship are different.0. Ltd.0.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Run the display ospf interface command to view the interface priority.1.1. a.1 0 0 0 : Bad packet : Bad checksum : Drop on unnumbered 0 0 0 0 : : : : Bad authentication type Packet too small Transmit error Unknown neighbor 0 0 0 0 : : : : Hello timer mismatch Extern option mismatch Virtual neighbor unknown Invalid Source Address l Check the Bad authentication type field.1.1. l Check the Hello timer mismatch field. Pri DR 1 192. you need to check the interface configurations of the two ends and set the same value for their Hello timers.1. <HUAWEI> display ospf brief OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1 Broadcast DR 1 0.0. <HUAWEI> display ospf interface OSPF Process 100 with Router ID 1. you need to set the same authentication type for both ends. 73 .0 (MPLS TE not enabled) IP Address Type State Cost BDR 192.1. Check whether the OSPF router IDs of the two ends conflict.168.1 Broadcast DR 1 0.0..0.0 c. b.168.1. In this case.41 Interfaces Area: 0. correct the configurations.1.1 Check whether other OSPF configurations on both ends are consistent. l Check the Dead timer mismatch field. proceed with the following check.1. In this case. If the value of this field continually increases. If the value of this field continually increases.1.168.0.0 (MPLS TE not enabled) IP Address Type State Cost BDR 192.168. <HUAWEI> display ospf error OSPF Process 1 with Router ID OSPF error statistics General packet errors: 0 : IP: received my own packet 0 : Bad version 0 : Bad area id interface 0 : Bad virtual link 0 : Bad authentication key 0 : Packet size > ip length 0 : Interface down HELLO packet errors: 0 : Netmask mismatch 0 : Dead timer mismatch 0 : Router id confusion 0 : NBMA neighbor unknown 1. the dead timers on the two ends that establish the neighbor relationship Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0 8. Run the display ospf error command every 10s for 5 minutes. Check whether the OSPF area configurations on both ends are consistent. Otherwise. the values of the Hello timers on the two ends that establish the neighbor relationship are different.0. <HUAWEI> display isis peer Peer information for ISIS(1) System Id Interface Circuit Id State HoldTime Type PRI ------------------------------------------------------------------------------0000.1. In this case. Prerequisites l The hardware has been checked. Context On the network shown in Figure 6-5. In this case. 9.1.167..4 Commissioning IS-IS Routes This section describes how to commission IS-IS routes.1.1. and that of the other device is stub area or NSSA). l The link layer has been commissioned.2/32 192. For more information. Collect the following information and contact Huawei technical support personnel: l Results of the preceding operation procedure l Configuration files.1 / 24 GE1/0/0 network GE2/0/0 GE3/0/0 192. log files. see 4 Checking the Hardware. l Check the Extern option mismatch field.2.B. If the value of this field continually increases. and alarm files of the devices 6.0000. For more information. Figure 6-5 Typical networking for commissioning IS-IS routes 1.2.1. proceed to Step 9. You can choose to configure a routing protocol based on the actual network plan. 74 .0002 GE1/0/0 0000.01 Up 24s L2 64 Total Peer(s): 1 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.168. If the fault persists.10 / 24 CX600-A CX600-B Procedure Step 1 Run the display isis peer command on the commissioning device to view its IS-IS neighbor information.2 / 24 192. the area types of the two ends that establish the neighbor relationship are different (the area type of one device is common area.168.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols are different. you need to set the same area type for both ends.0002. you need to check the interface configurations of the two ends and set the same value for their dead timers. IS-IS is configured on the network to ensure successful communication between the commissioning device and the network connected to CX.1/32 Console PC 2. see 5 Commissioning the Link Layer.0000. State of the interfaces is Up.167.01 is-name ngn-r2-b-sxxa-2 import-route isis level-2 into level-1 //Route leaking is required only on the BR but not the AR. L-Advertised in LSPs.1.10: bytes=56 Sequence=1 ttl=255 time=3 ms Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the number of OSPF-enabled interfaces is correct.1. Step 4 Run the display current-configuration command on the commissioning device to check the configurations that have taken effect. internal costs. nexthop addresses. Step 2 Run the display isis interface command on the commissioning device to view its IS-IS interface information. whether or not the neighboring interface is in the Up state. A-Added to URT.1.2 A/-/-/192.167. and the IS-IS type. outbound interfaces. U-Up/Down Bit Set Focus on checking that the destination IP addresses.2 weight 100 //An IS-IS weight is set correctly.167. and that the IPv4.1. On the BR with TE not deployed. nexthop 192. Check the number of IS-IS neighbors. <HUAWEI> display current-configuration # isis 1 graceful-restart cost-style wide timer lsp-generation 1 level-2 flash-flood level-2 network-entity 0000.1. <HUAWEI> ping 192.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols The boldfaced items in the command output show IS-IS neighbor information.10: 56 data bytes.10 PING 192. 75 .State IPV6.168. S-IGP Shortcut.1. (The next hop indicates the peer IP address.0/24 10 NULL GE1/0/0 Direct D/-/L/Flags: D-Direct. Ltd. and routing information flags are correct.0000. this command is not required.State Loop0 001 Up Down GE1/0/0 001 Up Down MTU Type DIS 1500 L1/L2 -1497 L1/L2 No/No The boldfaced items in the command output show the IS-IS interface information. press CTRL_C to break Reply from 192.) timer spf 1 50 50 traffic-eng level-2 //Enable different levels of TE for different IS-IS processes.168. Check that OSPF-enabled interfaces are correctly configured.0/24 20 NULL GE1/0/0 192.. <HUAWEI> display isis interface Interface information for ISIS(1) ----------------------------------Interface Id IPV4.0001. log-peer-change # There is a description following each field in the command output to emphasize the point that needs to be paid attention to. Step 5 Run the ping command on the commissioning device to test the availability of IS-IS routes. Step 3 Run the display isis route command on the commissioning device to view IS-IS routing information.1.167.168. <HUAWEI> display isis route Route information for ISIS(1) ------------------------------ISIS(1) Level-2 Forwarding Table ---------------------------------IPV4 Destination IntCost ExtCost ExitInterface NextHop Flags ------------------------------------------------------------------------------192. ----End Troubleshooting If the IS-IS neighbor relationship cannot be established after IS-IS is configured. Check that IS-IS can receive and send Hello packets properly. Therefore. l If the number of received Hello packets does not increase for a certain period. run this command every 10s to check whether or not the packet statistics increase. see "Interface & Physical Connection Troubleshooting" and "Layer 2 Network Troubleshooting. Run the display isis statistics packet [ interface interface-type interface-number ] command to check that IS-IS can normally receive and send Hello packets. For detailed troubleshooting procedures.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide Reply Reply Reply Reply from from from from 192. 76 . – If the interfaces on both ends are not trunk interfaces. complete the following: 1.10 ping statistics --5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0. l If the interface status is not Up. check that the numbers of the trunk member interfaces in the Up state are the same on both ends. l If the interface status is Mtu:Dn/Lnk:Up/IP:Up.10: 192.1.10: 192. Ltd. NOTE The default interval at which IS-IS sends Hello packets is 10s.192.167.1.1.1.167.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 2/2/3 ms The preceding command output shows that the commissioning device has a reachable IS-IS route to the network connected to CX." l If the interface status is Up. perform the following operations based on interface types: – If the interfaces on both ends are trunk interfaces. IS-IS Hello packets have IS-IS levels. go to Step 3. l If the number of received Hello packets increases gradually. On a broadcast interface.B.167.167. Run the display current-configuration configuration isis Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. go to Step 2. run the display currentconfiguration interface interface-type [ interface-number ] command to check the MTUs of the interfaces.10: 192. Check the status of IS-IS interfaces. 2.. Run the display ip interface [ interface-type interface-number ] command to check the status of a specified interface. Check that the interface status is Up. Run the display isis interface command to check the status of the interfaces enabled with IS-IS. rectify the interface fault. On a P2P interface. 3. check whether or not packet loss has occurred at the lower layer or at the link between the two ends. IS-IS Hello packets have no IS-IS levels and are recorded as L2 IIH packets.1.167.10: 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols bytes=56 bytes=56 bytes=56 bytes=56 Sequence=2 Sequence=3 Sequence=4 Sequence=5 ttl=255 ttl=255 ttl=255 ttl=255 time=2 time=2 time=2 time=2 ms ms ms ms --. and therefore you can view Hello packet statistics based on the levels of established neighbor relationships. run the network-entity command in the IS-IS view to set the same area address for both ends. l If the interface status is Down. 4. 5. l If the system IDs of the two ends are different. configure the NET in the IS-IS process. l If the IP addresses of the two ends are on different network segments. the value obtained by subtracting the LSP length from the MTU should be greater than or equal to 3. ensure that they are both in the same area. Check that the NET is configured in the IS-IS process. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Check that the authentication configurations on the two ends are the same. As long as one of the area addresses of the local IS-IS process is the same as one of the area addresses of the remote IS-IS process. If these conditions are not met. 6. l If the system IDs of the two ends are the same. the alarm isisAreaMismatch is generated. On a P2P interface. When an IS-IS Level-2 neighbor relationship is established between two ends. go to Step 7. NOTE If the two ends establish a Level-1 neighbor relationship. If not. change the MTU of the interface or the LSP length. l If the interface status is Mtu:Up/Lnk:Dn/IP:Dn. Ltd. the LSP length should not be greater than the MTU. 77 . run the display currentconfiguration interface interface-type interface-number | include isis circuit-level command to check whether or not the IS-IS levels of the interfaces at both ends are consistent. 8. go to Step 6. Check that the IS-IS levels of the two ends are consistent. Check that the area addresses of the two ends are the same. check that IS-IS interfaces are configured with IP addresses. l If the area addresses of the two ends are the same. When the area addresses of the two ends are different. run the display current-configuration configuration isis command to check the configuration of the IS-IS process. go to Step 5. Run the display current-configuration configuration isis | include is-level command to check the levels of the IS-IS processes on both ends. l If the IP addresses of the two ends are on the same network segment. l If the IS-IS levels of the interfaces at both ends are inconsistent. Then. On a broadcast interface. Check that the IP addresses of the two ends are on the same network segment. An IS-IS process can be configured with a maximum of three area addresses. the Level-1 neighbor relationship can be established. go to Step 4. 7. l If the area addresses of the two ends are different. modify the IP address of one end.. l If the interface status is Up.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols command to check the LSP length configured in the IS-IS process. set different system IDs for each end. Check that both ends are configured with different system IDs. run the is-level command in the IS-IS view to change the IS-IS level of one end. The IS-IS neighbor relationship can only be established when the IS-IS levels of the two interfaces are consistent. l If the IS-IS levels of the interfaces at both ends are consistent. go to Step 8. you do not need to determine whether or not the area addresses of the two ends are the same. Run the display current-configuration configuration isis command to check whether or not the system IDs of the two ends are the same. or run the isis circuitlevel command in the interface view to change the IS-IS level of the interface. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.2/32 192. see 5 Commissioning the Link Layer.1.1. go to Step 9. IBGP is configured on the network to ensure successful communication between the commissioning device and the network connected to CX. l The link layer has been commissioned.167. Run the display current-configuration interface interface-type interface-number | include isis authentication-mode command to check IS-IS authentication configurations on the interfaces of the two ends. Context On the network shown in Figure 6-6.B.2. see 4 Checking the Hardware.1.1. l Results of the preceding operation procedure l Configuration files. and alarm files of the devices 6.2. Prerequisites l The hardware has been checked. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l If the authentication modes configured on both ends are the same.168. the alarm isisAuthenticationTypeFailure or isisAuthenticationFailure is generated. Collect the following information and contact Huawei technical support personnel. log files..1/32 Console PC 2. run the isis authentication-mode command in the IS-IS interface view on both ends to set the same authentication password. You can choose to configure the BGP routing protocol based on the actual network plan.2 / 24 192.5 Commissioning IBGP Routes This section describes how to commission IBGP routes. run the isis authenticationmode command in the IS-IS interface view on both ends to set the same authentication mode.1 / 24 GE1/0/0 network GE2/0/0 GE3/0/0 192. l If the authentication modes configured on both are different. For more information. For more information.1. 78 . 9. l If the authentication password configured on both are different.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols If the authentication modes configured on the two ends are different.168.10 / 24 CX600-A CX600-B AS100 Procedure Step 1 Run the display bgp peer command to view IBGP peer information. Figure 6-6 Typical networking for commissioning IBGP routes 1. . which prevents CX.0 0 0 ? * i 2.0 0 0 ? *> 192.2 (2.2.1.0....0..0...167... pref-val 0.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide <HUAWEI> display BGP local router Local AS number Total number of Peer V PrefRcv 2.0 0 0 ? * i 2.2. h .2 0 100 0 i *> 1..0 0 0 ? *> 127.1/32 0..0/24: Imported route..1..1. s . The IBGP routes in the command output have community attributes... l View detailed information about the specified IBGP routes: <HUAWEI> display bgp routing-table 192. next-hop addresses.. sources of IBGP routes.. best. S Stale Origin : i ..0.. outbound interfaces.2.B to other ASs. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1. and next-hop addresses are correct. and that the local preference of the routes received from AS 300 and AS 400 is set to 100 by the configured routing policy. Check that the IBGP peer address and AS number are correct..2) Route Duration: 00h14m33s Direct Out-interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/0 Original nexthop: 2...0..A from advertising the routes received from CX..IGP. > .168.0 0 0 ? *> 127.2.. origin igp.2..1 Local AS number : 100 Paths: 1 available.1.0.2 4 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols bgp peer ID : 1.2.0.internal.167..0.1. Check that the local router IDs.... localpref 100.1 Status codes: * .2/32 0..2.2 0 0 i *> 192.damped.0..0 1 0 ? *> 192.0. Ltd.1... ? .. the IBGP peer relationship should be in the Established state.2.0 BGP local router ID : 1...1/32 0... l View all IBGP routing information: <HUAWEI> display bgp routing-table BGP Local router ID is 1.0 0.2.....0.0 0 0 ? Check that the network addresses. AS numbers.suppressed.2. Total Number of Routes: 1 Network NextHop MED LocPrf PrefVal Path/ Ogn *> 2. select. e .incomplete .EGP. i .1/32 0....1... The boldfaced items in the command output show the default route and specific routes received from AS 300..2.1.1. summarized routes received from AS 400.1.2..0..0.0.0. metrics. From: 2.1 : 100 peers : 1 AS MsgRcvd 100 MsgSent 274 7 Peers in established state : 1 OutQ Up/Down State 14 03:07:01 Established 3 The boldfaced items in the command output show the IBGP peer information.1.0.0/24 0. valid.. 79 .0. pre 255 Not advertised to any peer yet The boldfaced items in the command output show the detailed information about the specified IBGP routes.. and local preferences of BGP routes are correct. Normally.. d ..2 Qos information : 0x0 Community:no-export AS-path Nil. MED 0.1.2..2.167.best.168.history. 1 select BGP routing table entry information of 192. internal... 1 best....valid.0/24 0. Step 2 Run the display bgp routing-table command on the commissioning device to view IBGP routing information.0. 2.A has learned routes of the network segment 192.2. S .1.2. MED 0.2. 80 .Stale Origin : i .IGP.0/24: From: 2. i . <HUAWEI> display bgp peer 2.1.1 Status codes: * .0. 1 select BGP routing table entry information of 192. 192.167.2 verbose BGP Peer is 2.2.2.2.167.2 Qos information : 0x0 Community:no-export AS-path Nil. 1 best.damped. ? . remote AS 100 Type: IBGP link BGP version 4.0/24 is the network address of non-clients.1. h . valid. s .0 BGP local router ID : 1.suppressed. and shows the Originator and Cluster_ID of the learned routes.EGP. > .2.0 2.0 advertised by CX.2.A is the client of CX. Step 3 Run the display bgp peer ipv4-address verbose command to view the configurations of GTSM and GR functions for IBGP.4.2. Remote router ID 2.best. origin igp.1 Not advertised to any peer yet The boldfaced items in the command output show that CX.2.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols l View information about the routes with community attributes: <HUAWEI> display bgp routing-table community BGP Local router ID is 1.1. best.2) Route Duration: 00h14m33s Direct Out-interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/0 Original nexthop: 2.167.history. internal.2. pre 255 Originator: 4. localpref 100.167.1.2 (2. select.1.167.2.179 Remote .2.B.2 Update-group ID : 1 BGP current state: Established.1.1.4 Cluster list: 0.internal.2.1 Local AS number : 100 Paths: 1 available.4.incomplete Total Number of Routes: 1 Network NextHop *>i 192.0. e . Up for 00h49m35s BGP current event: KATimerExpired BGP last state: OpenConfirm BGP Peer Up count: 1 Received total routes: 1 Received active routes total: 1 Advertised total routes: 2 Port: Local . Ltd.B.2 MED 0 LocPrf 100 PrefVal Community 0 no-export l Commissioning the RR of IBGP routes: CX.1.valid.B is the RR of cluster 1 and CX.52876 Configured: Active Hold Time: 180 sec Keepalive Time:60 sec Received : Active Hold Time: 180 sec Negotiated: Active Hold Time: 180 sec Keepalive Time:60 sec Peer optional capabilities: Peer supports bgp multi-protocol extension Peer supports bgp route refresh capability Peer supports bgp 4-byte-as capability Graceful Restart Capability: advertised Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received Received: Total 59 messages Update messages 0 Open messages 2 KeepAlive messages 57 Notification messages 0 Refresh messages 0 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. d .. <HUAWEI> display bgp routing-table 192. pref-val 0. Run the ping command to check that BGP peers can ping each other successfully.2.B. the number of valid hops is 1. Step 4 Run the ping command on the commissioning device to test the availability of IBGP routes.2. follow the procedure described in "The Ping Operation Fails" in the HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Troubleshooting to find whether or not the routing tables on each end have available routes to each other.2. Because the source address is specified in this command.2: bytes=56 Sequence=2 ttl=254 time=65 Reply from 2. complete the following: 1.2.2: bytes=56 Sequence=1 ttl=254 time=70 Reply from 2.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 25/63/90 ms 2.2.2.2. l If they can ping each other successfully.2: bytes=56 Sequence=3 ttl=254 time=64 Reply from 2. 2.2. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Check that no ACL is configured to filter packets whose destination port is TCP port 179. it indicates that there are available routes between the BGP peers and that link transmission is normal.2: 56 data bytes.2 PING 2. and the GR function is enabled for IBGP.2. Ltd. By specifying the size of a Ping packet.2: bytes=56 Sequence=5 ttl=254 time=25 ms ms ms ms ms --.2.2. you can check whether or not routes between the two ends are accessible.2: bytes=56 Sequence=4 ttl=254 time=90 Reply from 2.2. 81 . l If the ping fails. ----End Troubleshooting If the BGP peer relationship cannot be established on a BGP-deployed network.2 ping statistics --5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0.2.2.2 is the loopback address of CX. you can also check whether or not long Ping packets can be normally transmitted over the link.2. NOTE Run the ping -a source-ip-address -s packetsize host command to detect the connectivity of each end.2. Proceed to Step 2. valid-ttl-hops: 1 Peer Preferred Value: 0 Routing policy configured: No routing policy is configured The boldfaced items in the command output show that the GTSM function has been enabled. <HUAWEI> ping 2.2.2.. press CTRL_C to break Reply from 2.2.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Sent: Total 79 messages Update messages 5 Open messages 2 KeepAlive messages 71 Notification messages 1 Refresh messages 0 Authentication type configured: None Last keepalive received: 2010-02-20 13:54:58 Minimum route advertisement interval is 30 seconds Optional capabilities: Route refresh capability has been enabled 4-byte-as capability has been enabled Connect-interface has been configured GTSM has been enabled. the BGP peer relationship is in the Established state. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2 rules Acl's step is 5 rule 5 deny tcp source-port eq bgp rule 10 deny tcp destination-port eq bgp l If an ACL is configured to filter packets whose destination port is TCP port 179. delete the ACL configuration.10 9999 Peers in established state : 4 V AS MsgRcvd 4 100 1601 4 200 1565 MsgSent 1443 1799 OutQ Up/Down State 0 23:21:56 Established 0 23:15:30 Established NOTE To check information about BGP peers in the BGP-VPNv4 address family or the BGP-VPN instance address family.10. a loopback interface address is used as the local router ID. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. you can run the display bgp vpnv4 all peer command.5. 3.8 10000 9. if the IPv4 unicast peer relationship fails to be established. <HUAWEI> display acl all Total nonempty ACL number is 1 Advanced ACL 3001.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Run the display acl all command on both ends to check whether or not an ACL is configured to filter packets whose destination port is TCP port 179. For example. l If the peer router ID does not conflict with the local router ID. Check that the peer router ID does not conflict with the local router ID. you can run the display bgp vpnv4 all peer command.9. go to Step 4. Check that the peer AS number is configured correctly.0.5.109 Local AS number : 41976 Total number of peers : 12 Peer PrefRcv 8.0. Generally.0.10 9999 bgp peer ID : 223. run the router id command in the BGP view to modify the router IDs to agree. go to Step 3.0.10. l If no ACL is configured to filter packets whose destination port is TCP port 179. Run the display bgp peer command on each end to check that the displayed peer AS number is the same as that of the remote end. Use the following command output as an example: <HUAWEI> display BGP local router Local AS number Total number of Peer PrefRcv 8. 82 . Ltd. Check information about BGP peers to ensure that their router IDs do not conflict.0.8 10000 9. you can run the display bgp peer command to check whether or not the peer router ID conflicts with the local router ID.0..109 : 41976 peers : 12 Peers in established state : 4 V AS MsgRcvd 4 100 1601 4 200 1565 MsgSent 1443 1799 OutQ Up/Down State 0 23:21:56 Established 0 23:15:30 Established NOTE To check information about BGP peers in the BGP-VPNv4 address family or the BGP-VPN instance address family.9. 4. l If the peer router ID conflicts with the local router ID. <HUAWEI> display bgp peer BGP local router ID : 223. 83 . it indicates that the peer is not required to establish the BGP peer relationship with the local end temporarily. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) peer route-limit limit If the peer route-limit limit limit command is configured. peer ignore If the peer ignore command is configured on the peer. 5. If it is exceeded. change it to be the same as that of the remote end. and run the reset bgp ip-address command to reset the BGP peer relationship and trigger the reestablishment of the BGP peer relationship. Table 6-1 describes the checklist for BGP configurations. l If the peer AS number is configured correctly. NOTE The peer valid-ttl-hops command must be configured on both ends before setting up the BGP session. go to Step 5. To establish the BGP peer relationship between the remote peer and local peer.hops + 1. check that the hops value is correct. Check whether or not BGP configurations affect the establishment of the BGP peer relationship. Table 6-1 Checklist for BGP configurations Item Description peer connect-interface interfacetype interface-number If two ends use loopback interfaces to establish the BGP peer relationship. The valid TTL range of the detected packet is [255 . you need to run the peer connect-interface command to specify the associated loopback interface as the source interface that sends BGP packets.. Ltd. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 255]. check whether or not the number of routes sent by the peer exceeds the limit that is specified by limit. you need to reduce the number of routes sent from the peer. and the hop count between two directly connected devices is 1. run the undo peer ignore command on the peer. hops specifies the hop count between BGP peers.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols l If the peer AS number is configured incorrectly. peer valid-ttl-hops hops If the peer valid-ttl-hops hops command is configured. Run the display current-configuration configuration bgp command to check BGP configurations. 6 Commissioning EBGP Routes This section describes how to commission EBGP routes.1. Context On the network shown in Figure 6-7.2 / 24 192.1 / 24 GE1/0/0 network GE3/0/0 GE2/0/0 192. you need to configure the peer enable command in the BGP-VPNv4 address families of the two ends.168. For example. l The link layer has been commissioned. You can choose to configure the BGP routing protocol based on the actual network plan.1. 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Item Description Address family capability Check that the address family capabilities of the two ends match.10 / 24 CX600-A AS100 2. see 4 Checking the Hardware.1/32 Console PC Issue 04 (2014-04-01) 192. l Results of the preceding operation procedure l Configuration files..1. Prerequisite l The hardware has been checked. For more information.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6. see 5 Commissioning the Link Layer. 84 .2.B.167. If the peer enable command is only configured on one end. Ltd. Figure 6-7 Typical networking for commissioning EBGP routes 1.1.168. log files. before establishing the BGP VPNv4 peer relationship. the BGP peer relationship of the other end is displayed as No neg. EBGP is configured on the network to ensure successful communication between the commissioning device and the network connected to CX. For more information. and alarm files of the devices 6.1.2/32 CX600-B AS200 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Collect the following information and contact Huawei technical support personnel.2. 1 select BGP routing table entry information of 192. ? .1/32 0. Normally. and local preferences of BGP routes are correct.1.0 *> 192. 85 .2.0.0 200.0 0.0.1.2 *> 1.1.2/32 0.2.0/24 0.0. From: 2.2 4 200 9 19 Peers in established state : 1 OutQ Up/Down State 0 03:07:01 Established PrefRcv 1 The boldfaced items in the command output show the EBGP peer information.0.1 *> 10.2. S Stale Origin : i .1 Status codes: * .1.1. h .2.0.IGP. d .0. l View all EBGP routing information: <HUAWEI> display bgp routing-table BGP Local router ID is 1.2.0 * 2. pref-val 0.1. 1 best.0.0.damped. select.0.0.2.2.0.1.167. default route and specific routes received from AS 300. summarized routes received from AS 400.0.2. external.1.0 *> 0.1.0.valid. the EBGP peer relationship should be in the Established state.168.0.1 *> 9.0.2.0.0.167.EGP.1 MED 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 LocPrf 100 100 100 100 PrefVal Path/ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ? ? i ? ? 200i ? ? ? 300? 300? 400? Check that the network addresses. Check that the EBGP peer address and AS number are correct.2 (2.1.best.2. valid.1.2. > . i .2.0 200.0/24: Imported route.2.2 Qos information : 0x0 Community:no-export AS-path 200.0.1.167..2) Route Duration: 00h14m33s Direct Out-interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/0 Original nexthop: 2. MED 0. l View detailed information about the specified EBGP routes: <HUAWEI> display bgp routing-table 192.0/24 0. The boldfaced items in the command output show the specific routes received from AS 200.0.0 200.1/32 0.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Procedure Step 1 Run the display bgp peer command to view EBGP peer information. best.1/32 0.2.0 * i 2.0 *> 192.0.2 *> 192.0 *> 127.1. Step 2 Run the display bgp routing-table command on the commissioning device to view EBGP routing information. and that the local preference of the routes received from AS 300 and AS 400 is set to 100 by the configured routing policy.1. next-hop addresses.2.1 Local AS number : 100 Paths: 2 available. s .suppressed.2. metrics.2.1.0. BGP local router ID : 1.incomplete Total Number of Routes: 4 Network NextHop Ogn *> 2. pre 255 Not advertised to any peer yet Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1. origin igp.168.history. e .0.1 Local AS number : 100 Total number of peers : 1 Peer V AS MsgRcvd MsgSent 2.1.0 BGP local router ID : 1.internal. Ltd.0 *> 127.1. 2 MED 0 LocPrf 100 PrefVal Community 0 no-export Step 3 Run the display bgp peer ipv4-address verbose command to view the configurations of GTSM and GR functions for EBGP.suppressed.A from advertising the routes received from CX.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols The boldfaced items in the command output show the detailed information about the specified IBGP routes.best.2 Update-group ID : 2 BGP current state: Established. outbound interfaces. and next-hop addresses are correct.1.valid.IGP.incomplete Total Number of Routes: 1 Network NextHop *> 192.1 Status codes: * . i .history. s .Stale Origin : i .1.2. Remote router ID 2. ? .internal.1. sources of EBGP routes.2.EGP.. 86 . h . Up for 00h49m35s BGP current event: RecvKeepalive BGP last state: OpenConfirm BGP Peer Up count: 1 Received total routes: 1 Received active routes total: 1 Advertised total routes: 3 Port: Local .2.167.0 2. S . l View information about the routes with community attributes: <HUAWEI> display bgp routing-table community BGP Local router ID is 1. Check that the local router IDs. Ltd.179 Remote .2. The EBGP routes in the command output have community attributes.2 verbose BGP Peer is 2. AS numbers. which prevents CX. <HUAWEI> display bgp peer 2. remote AS 200 Type: EBGP link BGP version 4. e . d .damped.2. > .2.2.52876 Configured: Active Hold Time: 180 sec Keepalive Time:60 sec Received : Active Hold Time: 180 sec Negotiated: Active Hold Time: 180 sec Keepalive Time:60 sec Peer optional capabilities: Peer supports bgp multi-protocol extension Peer supports bgp route refresh capability Peer supports bgp 4-byte-as capability Graceful Restart Capability: advertised Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received Received: Total 59 messages Update messages 0 Open messages 2 KeepAlive messages 57 Notification messages 0 Refresh messages 0 Sent: Total 79 messages Update messages 5 Open messages 2 KeepAlive messages 71 Notification messages 1 Refresh messages 0 Authentication type configured: None Last keepalive received: 2010-02-20 13:54:58 Minimum route advertisement interval is 30 seconds Optional capabilities: Route refresh capability has been enabled 4-byte-as capability has been enabled Connect-interface has been configured Multi-hop ebgp has been enabled GTSM has been enabled.B to other ASs.2. valid-ttl-hops: 1 Peer Preferred Value: 0 Routing policy configured: No routing policy is configured Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2. Because the source address is specified in this command. l If the ping fails. follow the procedure described in "The Ping Operation Fails" in the HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Troubleshooting to find whether or not the routing tables of each end have available routes to each other.2.Stale Origin codes: i . NOTE Run the ping -a source-ip-address -s packetsize host command to detect the connectivity of each end..00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 25/63/90 ms 2. press CTRL_C to break Reply from 2.EGP.2. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. d . it indicates that there are available routes between the BGP peers and that link transmission is normal.2: bytes=56 Sequence=1 ttl=254 Reply from 2.168.1.best.2. Step 4 Run the display bgp routing-table dampening parameter command and the display bgp routing-table dampened command to view the configured EBGP route dampening parameters.valid.2.suppressed.damped. and the GR function is enabled for EBGP.2.2.2: bytes=56 Sequence=3 ttl=254 Reply from 2.2: 56 data bytes.2. By specifying the size of a Ping packet.internal.2.2: bytes=56 Sequence=4 ttl=254 Reply from 2. <HUAWEI> display bgp routing-table dampening parameter Maximum Suppress Time(in second) : 3973 Ceiling Value : 16000 Reuse Value : 750 HalfLife Time(in second) : 900 Suppress-Limit : 2000 Route-policy : dampen-policy <HUAWEI> display bgp routing-table dampened Total Number of Routes: 1 BGP Local router ID is 1.2: bytes=56 Sequence=5 ttl=254 time=70 time=65 time=64 time=90 time=25 ms ms ms ms ms --.2.1.2 ping statistics --5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0.incomplete Network From Reuse Path d 192. i .2.2 00:09:33 200 i Step 5 Run the ping command on the commissioning device to test the availability of EBGP routes.2.2.1. you can check whether or not routes between the two ends are accessible.2: bytes=56 Sequence=2 ttl=254 Reply from 2.2.2. l If they can ping each other successfully. h . Run the ping command to check that BGP peers can ping each other successfully. <HUAWEI> ping 2. s .2. complete the following: 1. e .2 PING 2. ? . the BGP peer relationship is in the Established state.B.history.2 is the loopback address of CX. ----End Troubleshooting If the BGP peer relationship cannot be established on a BGP-deployed network.0 2.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols The boldfaced items in the command output show that the GTSM function has been enabled. you can also check whether or not long Ping packets can be normally transmitted over the link.2.IGP. Ltd.2. and dampened EBGP routes respectively.2.2. > . the number of valid hops is 1. 87 . Proceed to Step 2.2. S .2.1 Status codes: * . 3. you can run the display bgp peer command to check whether or not the peer router ID conflicts with the local router ID.10 9999 bgp peer ID : 223. delete the ACL configuration.0.0.5.9.0. l If the peer router ID does not conflict with the local router ID. run the router id command in the BGP view to modify the router IDs to agree. you can run the display bgp vpnv4 all peer command. Run the display bgp peer command on each end to check that the displayed peer AS number is the same as that of the remote end. go to Step 4.0. l If the peer router ID conflicts with the local router ID. l If no ACL is configured to filter packets whose destination port is TCP port 179. <HUAWEI> display acl all Total nonempty ACL number is 1 Advanced ACL 3001. Check that the peer AS number is configured correctly. Use the following command output as an example: <HUAWEI> display BGP local router Local AS number Total number of Peer PrefRcv 8.10.10 9999 Peers in established state : 4 V AS MsgRcvd 4 100 1601 4 200 1565 MsgSent 1443 1799 OutQ Up/Down State 0 23:21:56 Established 0 23:15:30 Established NOTE To check information about BGP peers in the BGP-VPNv4 address family or the BGP-VPN instance address family.. Check that the peer router ID does not conflict with the local router ID. For example. Check information about BGP peers to ensure that their router IDs do not conflict.0.5. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.109 Local AS number : 41976 Total number of peers : 12 Peer PrefRcv 8.8 10000 9.109 : 41976 peers : 12 Peers in established state : 4 V AS MsgRcvd 4 100 1601 4 200 1565 MsgSent 1443 1799 OutQ Up/Down State 0 23:21:56 Established 0 23:15:30 Established NOTE To check information about BGP peers in the BGP-VPNv4 address family or the BGP-VPN instance address family.10.9. 4.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 2. a loopback interface address is used as the local router ID.0. go to Step 3. you can run the display bgp vpnv4 all peer command. 2 rules Acl's step is 5 rule 5 deny tcp source-port eq bgp rule 10 deny tcp destination-port eq bgp l If an ACL is configured to filter packets whose destination port is TCP port 179. Generally. Run the display acl all command on both ends to check whether or not an ACL is configured to filter packets whose destination port is TCP port 179.8 10000 9. <HUAWEI> display bgp peer BGP local router ID : 223. if the IPv4 unicast peer relationship fails to be established. 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Check that no ACL is configured to filter packets whose destination port is TCP port 179. 88 . 89 . the hop count can be any number greater than 1. you need to specify the actual hop count. Table 6-2 Checklist for BGP configurations Item Description peer connect-interface interfacetype interface-number If two ends use loopback interfaces to establish the BGP peer relationship. 5. l If the peer AS number is configured correctly. hops specifies the hop count between BGP peers. NOTE The peer valid-ttl-hops command must be configured on both ends before setting up the BGP session.. The valid TTL range of the detected packet is [255 . you need to run the peer connect-interface command to specify the associated loopback interface as the source interface that sends BGP packets. peer ebgp-max-hop hop-count If two directly connected devices use loopback interfaces to establish the EBGP peer relationship or two indirectly connected devices establish the EBGP peer relationship. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. peer valid-ttl-hops hops If the peer valid-ttl-hops hops command is configured.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols l If the peer AS number is configured incorrectly. Ltd. l If two indirectly connected devices establish the EBGP peer relationship. change it to be the same as that of the remote end. check that the hops value is correct. Check whether or not BGP configurations affect the establishment of the BGP peer relationship. 255]. l If two directly connected devices use loopback interfaces to establish the EBGP peer relationship. you need to run the peer ebgp-max-hop command to specify the maximum hop count between them. Run the display current-configuration configuration bgp command to check BGP configurations.hops + 1. go to Step 5. and the hop count between two directly connected devices is 1. Table 6-2 describes the checklist for BGP configurations. 7 Commissioning MPLS LDP This section describes how to commission MPLS LDP. and run the reset bgp ip-address command to reset the BGP peer relationship and trigger the reestablishment of the BGP peer relationship. l The link layer has been commissioned. Context On the network shown in Figure 6-8. For more information. For example. 90 . 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Item Description peer route-limit limit If the peer route-limit limit command is configured.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6. MPLS LDP is configured on the network. Ltd. run the undo peer ignore command on the peer. For more information. and alarm files of the devices 6. If it is exceeded. before establishing the BGP VPNv4 peer relationship. To establish the BGP peer relationship between the remote peer and local peer. log files. you need to reduce the number of routes sent from the peer. it indicates that the peer is not required to establish the BGP peer relationship with the local end temporarily. peer ignore If the peer ignore command is configured on the peer. check whether or not the number of routes sent by the peer exceeds the limit specified by limit. Prerequisite l The hardware has been checked. Address family capability Check that the address family capabilities of on both ends match. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 5 Commissioning the Link Layer. the BGP peer relationship of the other end is displayed as No neg. see 4 Checking the Hardware.. You can choose to configure a type of MPLS tunnel based on the actual network plan. l Results of the preceding operation procedure l Configuration files. Collect the following information and contact Huawei technical support personnel. you need to configure the peer enable command in the BGP-VPNv4 address families of the two ends. If the peer enable command is only configured on one end. 2. <HUAWEI> display mpls ldp peer LDP Peer Information in Public network A '*' before a peer means the peer is being deleted. Step 3 Run the display mpls ldp interface command on the commissioning device to view information about the interfaces enabled with MPLS LDP.1. indicating that an LDP session has been established.2. indicating the initiator of an LDP session.2. Ltd. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The SsnRole field can be displayed as Passive.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Figure 6-8 Typical networking for commissioning MPLS LDP 1.168.2.1. The LAM field is commonly displayed as DU. -------------------------------------------------------------------------Peer-ID Status LAM SsnRole SsnAge KASent/Rcv -------------------------------------------------------------------------2.1. 91 . IFName(Interface name) A '*' before an interface means the entity is being deleted.168. The Status field in the preceding command output is commonly displayed as Operational.1 / 24 GE1/0/0 network GE2/0/0 GE3/0/0 192.1.2/32 192.2 GigabitEthernet1/0/0 -------------------------------------------------------------------------TOTAL: 1 Peer(s) Found. ------------------------------------------------------------------------Peer-ID Transport-Address Discovery-Source ------------------------------------------------------------------------2.2.2.167.10 / 24 CX600-A CX600-B Procedure Step 1 Run the display mpls ldp peer command to view LDP peer information. indicating the responder of an LDP session.2. Step 2 Run the display mpls ldp session command to check information about the session between LDP peers. SsnAge Unit(DDDD:HH:MM) A '*' before a session means the session is being deleted. <HUAWEI> display mpls ldp interface LDP Interface Information in Public Network Codes:LAM(Label Advertisement Mode).1.1/32 Console PC 2. <HUAWEI> display mpls ldp session LDP Session(s) in Public Network Codes: LAM(Label Advertisement Mode). or as Active. indicating that the label distribution mode is Downstream Unsolicited.2 / 24 192.1.2:0 2.2:0 Operational DU Active 0000:00:22 12984/12991 -------------------------------------------------------------------------TOTAL: 1 Session(s) Found.2. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------IF-Name Status LAM Transport-Address HelloSent/Rcv ------------------------------------------------------------------------------GE1/0/0 Active DU 1. Check that the number of LDP peers is correct.1 56259/0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Check whether LDP-enabled interfaces are correctly configured and the number of LDP-enabled interfaces is correct..1. 3/32 1657/2075 2.2 192.3/32 NULL/2075 -/GE1/0/0 3.2/32 1656/3 -/GE1/0/0 3.3.1.2 GE1/0/0 3.2. TOTAL: 1 Liberal LSP(s) Found.2.3.2.1.2. and types of LDP LSPs.2 127.168.168.168. number of LDP LSPs. <HUAWEI> display mpls lsp verbose ---------------------------------------------------------------------LSP Information: LDP LSP ---------------------------------------------------------------------No : 1 VrfIndex : Fec : 1.1.1. next-hop addresses.1 InLoop0 *1.1.2/32 NULL/3 192.1/32 3/NULL -/2.1..2.3/32 NULL/2075 192.3.1.2/32 192.2.1. A '*' before an LSP means the LSP is not established A '*' before a Label means the USCB or DSCB is stale A '*' before a UpstreamPeer means the session is in GR state A '*' before a DS means the session is in GR state A '*' before a NextHop means the LSP is FRR LSP Step 5 Run the display mpls lsp command on the commissioning device to view LSP information. <HUAWEI> display mpls ldp lsp LDP LSP Information -----------------------------------------------------------------------------DestAddress/Mask In/OutLabel UpstreamPeer NextHop OutInterface -----------------------------------------------------------------------------3. Ltd.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Step 4 Run the display mpls ldp lsp command on the commissioning device to view information about the outbound interfaces of LDP LSPs.3.1.1.0.3/32 1657/2075 -/GE1/0/0 Step 6 Run the display mpls lsp verbose command on the commissioning device to view detailed LSP information.2.2 GE1/0/0 2.2 GE1/0/0 2.2.1.2.2.0. <HUAWEI> display mpls lsp ---------------------------------------------------------------------LSP Information: LDP LSP ---------------------------------------------------------------------FEC In/Out Label In/Out IF Vrf Name 1.3.3.2. TOTAL: 0 Frr LSP(s) Found.3.168.2 192.2.0.3. 92 .168.1/32 3/NULL 2.2.2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2.1/32 Liberal/2078 DS/2.1.2.1/32 Nexthop : 127.0.2/32 NULL/3 -/GE1/0/0 2.2.1.2 GE1/0/0 1.2.2.2/32 1656/3 2.1 In-Label : 3 Out-Label : NULL In-Interface : ---------Out-Interface : ---------LspIndex : 72704 Token : 0x0 FrrToken : 0x0 LsrType : Egress Outgoing token : 0x0 Label Operation : POP Mpls-Mtu : -----TimeStamp : 204745sec Bfd-State : --BGPKey : -----No VrfIndex Fec Nexthop Issue 04 (2014-04-01) : : : : 2 2.2 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------TOTAL: 5 Normal LSP(s) Found. 2.3.1.1.1.3/32 192.3.2 NULL 2075 ---------GigabitEthernet1/0/0 72707 0x8000009 0x0 Ingress 0x0 PUSH 1500 944sec -------- 3.3/32 192.. 93 .168.168. Ltd.3.2/32 192.168.2 1656 3 ---------GigabitEthernet1/0/0 72706 0x8000008 0x0 Transit 0x0 SWAP -----944sec -------- 3.2 1657 2075 ---------GigabitEthernet1/0/0 72708 0x800000a 0x0 Transit 0x0 SWAP Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.3.2.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide Issue 04 (2014-04-01) 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols In-Label Out-Label In-Interface Out-Interface LspIndex Token FrrToken LsrType Outgoing token Label Operation Mpls-Mtu TimeStamp Bfd-State BGPKey : : : : : : : : : : : : : : NULL 3 ---------GigabitEthernet1/0/0 72705 0x8000007 0x0 Ingress 0x0 PUSH -----944sec -------- No VrfIndex Fec Nexthop In-Label Out-Label In-Interface Out-Interface LspIndex Token FrrToken LsrType Outgoing token Label Operation Mpls-Mtu TimeStamp Bfd-State BGPKey : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3 No VrfIndex Fec Nexthop In-Label Out-Label In-Interface Out-Interface LspIndex Token FrrToken LsrType Outgoing token Label Operation Mpls-Mtu TimeStamp Bfd-State BGPKey : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 4 No VrfIndex Fec Nexthop In-Label Out-Label In-Interface Out-Interface LspIndex Token FrrToken LsrType Outgoing token Label Operation : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 5 2. 3/32 : 100 data bytes. go to Step 2. run corresponding commands to restore the deleted configurations. MPLS LDP is disabled. <HUAWEI> ping lsp -a 1.3: bytes=100 Sequence=4 time = 24 ms Reply from 3. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Check that routes are available.3/32 ping statistics --5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0.3. l If the command output does not contain mpls. Run the display this command in the interface view. Check whether commands for deleting MPLS configurations have been executed.3.3. the session established with the remote LDP peer has been deleted.1.3.3 32 LSP PING FEC: IPV4 PREFIX 3.3.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 24/25/27 ms This step is to check that the packets to loopback0 on HUAWEI B are transmitted along an LSP. All the PEs related to services need to be checked. l If the command output does not contain mpls ldp.3.3. press CTRL_C to break Reply from 3. 2.3: bytes=100 Sequence=1 time = 26 ms Reply from 3.FEC: IPV4 PREFIX 3.3. Step 7 Run the ping lsp command to check the LSP connectivity and whether LSP forwarding is normal. l If no command for deleting MPLS configurations has been run but the fault persists. Run the display current-configuration command to check whether commands for deleting MPLS configurations have been executed.3: bytes=100 Sequence=3 time = 25 ms Reply from 3. 3.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide Mpls-Mtu TimeStamp Bfd-State BGPKey 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols : : : : 1500 944sec -------- The boldfaced items in the command output show the LDP LSP lifetime.3. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. run the undo shutdown command in the interface view to start the interface. If the command output contains shutdown.3. l If the command output does not contain mpls ldp remote peer. MPLS is disabled.3.1. If the lifetime is too short. go to Step 3..3: bytes=100 Sequence=5 time = 24 ms --.3.3. ----End Troubleshooting If the established LDP session is in the Down state on an LDP-deployed network.3: bytes=100 Sequence=2 time = 27 ms Reply from 3. 94 . complete the following: 1. l If any command for deleting MPLS configurations has been run. the interface is shut down.3.3. Check whether the interface on which the LDP session is established is shut down.3.1 ip 3. l If the interface is shut down. Ltd. LSP flapping may occur. l If the interface is not shut down. Run the display mpls ldp interface command to check that both ends of the LDP session can send Hello messages. l Configuration files. l If the route to the peer device is unreachable. follow the procedure described in "The Ping Operation Fails" in the HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Troubleshooting to rectify the fault in message forwarding.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Run the display ip routing-table command and check the Destination/Mask field in the command output to find out whether there is a route to the peer device. follow the procedure described in "The Ping Operation Fails" in the HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Troubleshooting to rectify the IGP route fault. l The link layer has been commissioned. 5. l If the route to the peer device is reachable. You can choose to configure a type of MPLS tunnel based on the actual network plan. l If the Hello-hold timer does not expire. 6.8 Commissioning MPLS TE This section describes how to commission MPLS TE. go to Step 5. l If the Hello-hold timer expires. the transmission of Keepalive messages is abnormal. l If the Keepalive-hold timer expires.. Check whether an LDP Hello-hold timer expires. the TCP connection cannot be established. the transmission of Hello messages is abnormal. Ltd. Prerequisite l The hardware has been checked. Collect the following information and contact Huawei technical support personnel: l Results of the preceding operation procedure. 4. go to Step 6. 95 . and the Keepalive-hold timer expires. see the troubleshooting of high CPU usage. go to Step 4. For more information. Context On the network shown in Figure 6-9. l If the Keepalive-hold timer does not expire. It is recommended that the display mpls ldp interface command be run every 3 seconds. It is recommended that the display mpls ldp session command be run every 5 seconds. Run the display mpls ldp session command to check that both ends of the LDP session can send Keepalive messages. see 4 Checking the Hardware. and alarm files of the devices. If the statistics on sent or received messages remain unchanged. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. If there is no route to the peer device. and the Hello-hold timer expires. For more information. log files. MPLS TE is configured on the network. Check whether the LDP Keepalive-hold timer expires. If the statistics on sent or received messages remain unchanged. see 5 Commissioning the Link Layer. 6. 1.2. If Up is displayed in the command output. 0 bytes 0 output error 0 packets output drop Input bandwidth utilization : -Output bandwidth utilization : -- The boldfaced items in the command output show that the tunnel interface status and link-layer protocol status are both Up.167.3 Tunnel up/down statistics 1 Tunnel protocol/transport MPLS/MPLS. Ltd.2.. Step 2 Run the display mpls te tunnel-interface command on the commissioning device to view information about the tunnel interfaces on the local node. <HUAWEI> display mpls te tunnel-interface ================================================================ Tunnel1/0/0 ================================================================ Tunnel State Desc : Up Active LSP : Primary LSP Session ID : 100 Ingress LSR ID : 1. 96 .10 / 24 CX600-A CX600-B Procedure Step 1 Run the display interface tunnel command on the commissioning device to view basic information about tunnel interfaces.3. Step 3 Run the display mpls te cspf tedb command to view TEDB information.2/32 192. Tunnel1/0/0 Interface Route Port. using address of LoopBack0(1.3.3.1.1.2 / 24 192.168. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1.1.1/32) Encapsulation is TUNNEL.3 Admin State : UP Oper State : UP Primary LSP State : UP Main LSP State : READY LSP ID : 1 Check that the tunnel configurations on the local node are correct.1. it indicates that the tunnel has been established successfully.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Figure 6-9 Typical networking for configuring MPLS TE 1. 0 packets/sec 0 packets output. Quidway Series.The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 Internet Address is unnumbered.1.1. ILM is available.1 Egress LSR ID: 3. primary tunnel id is 0x6000001.1. 0 bytes 0 output error 0 output drop ct0:0 packets output.3.1/32 Console PC 2. loopback not set Tunnel destination 3. 0 packets/sec 0 seconds output rate 0 bits/sec. <HUAWEI> display interface tunnel Tunnel1/0/0 current state : UP Line protocol current state : UP Last line protocol up time : 2010-02-05 15:12:16 Description: HUAWEI.1 / 24 GE1/0/0 network GE2/0/0 GE3/0/0 192.168. secondary tunnel id is 0x0 Current system time: 2010-02-05 15:16:34 300 seconds output rate 0 bits/sec. 1.1. check that the total TE bandwidth on the interface and the used TE bandwidth meet the corresponding requirement.2: bytes=100 Reply from 20. <HUAWEI> ping lsp te tunnel 1/0/0 LSP PING FEC: RSVP IPV4 SESSION to break Reply from 20.1.2 3.2 SrcInstance: 0x8277E43C PSB Count: 0 Hello Type Sent: NONE SRefresh Enable: NO Last valid seq # rcvd: NULL NbrSrcInstance: 0x0 RSB Count: 0 NbrSrcInstance: 0x0 RSB Count: 1 Step 6 Run the ping lsp command on the commissioning device to test the availability of the TE tunnel.1.3. <HUAWEI> display mpls rsvp-te peer Remote Node id Neighbor Neighbor Addr ----SrcInstance: 0x8277E43C PSB Count: 1 Hello Type Sent: NONE SRefresh Enable: NO Last valid seq # rcvd: NULL Interface GigabitEthernet1/0/0 Neighbor Addr: 192.1.1.3.1.2: bytes=100 QUERY Tunnel1/0/0 : 100 Sequence=0 Sequence=1 Sequence=2 Sequence=3 Sequence=4 time time time time time = = = = = data bytes.1.2: bytes=100 Reply from 40.1.3 cspf tedb all 2000 Current Total Node Number: 3 8000 Current Total Link Number: 4 10000 Current Total SRLG Number: 0 IGP ISIS ISIS ISIS Process-Id 1 1 1 Area Level-2 Level-2 Level-2 Link-Count 1 2 1 Check that the link information in the TEDB is correct.1 2.1..2: bytes=100 Reply from 40. Step 4 Run the display mpls rsvp-te interface command on the commissioning device to view RSVPTE configurations on the interface. In addition.168.FEC: RSVP IPV4 SESSION QUERY Tunnel1/0/0 ping statistics --- Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1.1.2: bytes=100 Reply from 20.2.168. Ltd. Step 5 Run the display mpls rsvp-te peer command on the commissioning device to check whether or not an RSVP-TE neighbor relationship has been established between the interfaces enabled with RSVP-TE.2.1. press CTRL_C 50 ms 28 ms 33 ms 52 ms 8 ms --.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols <HUAWEI> display mpls te Maximum Nodes Supported: Maximum Links Supported: Maximum SRLGs supported: Id 1 2 3 Router-Id 1.1 Interface state: UP Interface Index: 0x6 Total-BW: 100000 Used-BW: 20000 Hello configured: NO Num of Neighbors: 1 SRefresh feature: DISABLE SRefresh Interval: 30 sec Mpls Mtu: 1500 Retransmit Interval: 5000 msec Increment Value: 1 Authentication: DISABLE Bfd Enabled: DISABLE Bfd Min-Tx: 10 Bfd Min-Rx: 10 Bfd Detect-Multi: 3 The boldfaced items in the command output show the RSVP-TE configurations. Check whether or not the interface enabled with RSVP-TE is configured correctly and is in the Up state.1. <HUAWEI> display mpls rsvp-te interface Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/0 Interface Address: 192. 97 . Ltd. If command output is displayed.. Check that CSPF has been successfully calculating paths. go to Step 2. Complete the following to check that the RSVP Path message and RSVP Resv message are correctly transmitted: l Check that RSVP Path messages are correctly sent and received on every node along the LSP in the sending direction (LSR A -> LSR B -> LSR C). Check that RSVP is enabled on every device along the TE tunnel. l If CSPF failed to calculate a path. l If all interfaces are enabled with RSVP but the fault persists. run the display currentconfiguration interface interface-name command to check if RSVP is enabled. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l If the commit command has been executed in the tunnel view. complete the following: 1. On the interface mapped to each IP address. Run the display mpls rsvp-te psb-content command on every node the RSVP Path message travels through. rectify the fault by referring to the section "CSPF Calculation Fails.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 8/34/52 ms ----End Troubleshooting If the established TE tunnel is in the Down state on a TE-deployed network. and Session ID in the command output. if no command output is displayed.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols 5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0." l If CSPF has been successfully calculating paths but the fault persists. follow the procedure described in "The Ping Operation Fails" in the HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Troubleshooting to rectify the route fault. Run the display mpls te tunnel-interface command on the TE tunnel ingress and check fields Ingress LSR ID. 98 . – If no route exists. run it in the tunnel view. l If the commit command has not been executed. Run the display current-configuration command on the ingress that is configured with the TE tunnel. LSP ID. CSPF has been successfully calculating paths. – If reachable routes exist and they satisfy the requirements to establish a TE tunnel. These IP addresses indicate the hops along the TE tunnel. 4. go to Step 4. check that routes to the destination of the TE tunnel exist. CSPF failed to calculate a path. and LSR C represent the nodes along the TE tunnel. enable RSVP on the interface. Check that devices along the TE tunnel have been successfully exchanging RSVP Path and Resv messages. In Step 3. l If an interface is not enabled with RSVP. The command output of display mpls te cspf destination ip-address explicit-path pathname in Step 2 contains a series of IP addresses. LSR B. Run the display mpls te cspf destination ip-address explicit-path path-name command on the TE tunnel ingress. LSR A. go to Step 3. 3. 2. Check that the commit command has been executed to commit tunnel configurations. 2/32 192. 99 .2/24 GE2/0/0 CE1 CE2 PE1 PE2 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.168. it can be concluded that the node fails to receive RSVP Resv messages from the upstream node.1. 5. log files.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols – If the command output is not empty on any node. For more information. it can be concluded that RSVP Resv messages are correctly transmitted.1.9 Commissioning BGP/MPLS IP VPN This section describes how to commission BGP/MPLS IP VPN.2. Collect the following information and contact Huawei technical support personnel: l Results of the preceding operation procedure l Configuration files.1.2. it can be concluded that the node fails to receive RSVP Path messages from the upstream node.1. Context On the network shown in Figure 6-10. BGP/MPLS IP VPN is configured on the network.2. Run the display mpls rsvp-te rsb-content command on every node the RSVP Resv message travels through.1. see 5 Commissioning the Link Layer.1/24 100. l If messages are properly exchanged but the fault persists.1.2/24 100. go to Step 5.168.1. – If the command output is not empty on any node.1. it can be concluded that RSVP Path messages are correctly sent and received between these nodes.1/24 100. see 4 Checking the Hardware. – If the command output is empty on a node. Figure 6-10 Typical networking for commissioning BGP/MPLS IP VPN 1. – If the command output is empty on a node..1. Ltd. and alarm files of the CX600 6.1. For more information. l If messages fail to be properly exchanged.2/24 100.2. follow the procedure described in "The Ping Operation Fails" in the HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Troubleshooting to rectify the message forwarding fault.1/24 GE1/0/0 GE1/0/0 GE2/0/0 GE2/0/0 GE1/0/0 192. l The link layer has been commissioned. l Check that RSVP Resv messages are correctly transmitted in the sending direction (LSR C -> LSR B -> LSR A). Prerequisites l The hardware has been checked.1/32 2. 1.1: 100. s . The boldfaced items in the command output show that the BGP peer relationship is in the Established state.1. S .damped.1.1. e .1.suppressed. S . e .IGP. 00 hours.1 Status codes: * .1. ? . router ID 1. > . 1 Interfaces : GigabitEthernet1/0/0 Address family ipv4 Create date : 2010/01/21 11:30:35 UTC+08:00 Up time : 0 days.0/24 0.EGP.1.1 0 100 0 65420? *> 100.Stale Origin : i .IGP.1.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Procedure Step 1 Run the display ip vpn-instance verbose command on the commissioning device to check that VPN instance configurations are correct. ? incomplete Total Number of Routes: 6 Network NextHop MED LocPrf PrefVal Path/ Ogn *>i 2. s .incomplete VPN-Instance vpna.1 4 65410 454 418 OutQ 0 Up/Down 03:24:40 State PrefRcv Established 0 0 03:12:16 Established 9 Check that the number of BGP peers and the number of configured VPN instances are correct.0.1. > . i .2/32 1. 05 minutes and 19 seconds Route Distinguisher : 100:1 Export VPN Targets : 111:1 Import VPN Targets : 111:1 Label policy: label per route The diffserv-mode Information is : uniform The ttl-mode Information is : pipe Log Interval : 5 Step 2 Run the display bgp peer command on the commissioning device to view BGP peer information.best.168.best. d .EGP.0.1.1 advertised-routes BGP Local router ID is 1. 100 .1.1.0/24 1..1.history.1.1 0 100 0 ? *>i 192.1 : 100 peers : 2 Peers in established state : 2 Peer V AS MsgRcvd MsgSent 2.0 0 0 ? *>i 100.1.1.1: Total Number of Routes: 6 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1. <HUAWEI> display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance vpna routing-table peer 100. <HUAWEI> display ip vpn-instance verbose Total VPN-Instances configured : 1 VPN-Instance Name and ID : vpna. Step 3 Run the display bgp vpnv4 routing-table command on the commissioning device to view BGP VPNv4 routing information.valid.2 4 274 10 12 Peer of IPv4-family for vpn instance : VPN-Instance vpna.2.1.internal. h .2.1.suppressed. i .1 0 100 0 65420? <HUAWEI> display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance vpna routing-table peer 100. h . router ID 1. d .0 1.1.2.1 receivedroutes BGP Local router ID is 1.damped.valid. <HUAWEI> display BGP local router Local AS number Total number of bgp vpnv4 all peer ID : 1.Stale Origin : i .1.2.1.1. Ltd.1.1 Status codes: * .1.2. indicating that a BGP peer relationship has been successfully established between PEs.history.internal.1. Ltd.1.relay.2: bytes=56 Sequence=1 ttl=255 time=56 ms Reply from 100.100. ----End Troubleshooting If BGP traffic in the VPN is interrupted. 101 .1.1.1.1 InLoopBack0 100.1.1.2/32 Direct 0 0 D 127.2.1. <HUAWEI> ping -vpn-instance vpna 100.1.2.1. First check whether the routes sent by the PE are correct.0.2: bytes=56 Sequence=3 ttl=255 time=4 ms Reply from 100.1 100.2.1.2: 56 data bytes.2.255/32 Direct 0 0 D 127.1.1.1.1.2 GigabitEthernet1/0/0 255.1/32 2.2. Then do the same for the routes received from the peer PE.1 InLoopBack0 The command output shows whether the received BGP routes are injected into the routing table of the VPN instance.1. Run the display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance vpn-instance-name routing-table ipv4address [ mask | mask-length ] command on the PE that sends routes (the local PE) to check that the target route exists.2 PING 100.2.0. complete the following: 1.2. or the routes are filtered by a routing policy.2/32 100.1.0/24 Direct 0 0 D 10..2: bytes=56 Sequence=4 ttl=255 time=52 ms Reply from 100.1 MED LocPrf PrefVal Path/ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 65410? 65410? 65410? 65410? Check that the sent and received BGP routes are correct.download to fib -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Routing Tables: vpna Destinations : 3 Routes : 3 Destination/Mask Proto Pre Cost Flags NextHop Interface 100.1 100. press CTRL_C to break Reply from 100.1.2.2: bytes=56 Sequence=2 ttl=255 time=4 ms Reply from 100.1.2. the probable cause is that the public network tunnel is not established.2: bytes=56 Sequence=5 ttl=255 time=3 ms --.0.1.0. The boldfaced items in the command output show the route to the interface on the remote CE.0 100.0.255/32 Direct 0 0 D 127.2.1.1.0/24 BGP 255 0 RD 2. Step 4 Run the display ip routing-table vpn-instance command on the commissioning device to view the routing table of the VPN instance.2.1 InLoopBack0 100.255.2 ping statistics --5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0.0.0/24 192.1.1.2.2.1.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide Ogn *> *> * *> 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Network NextHop 1.1.168.1.1 100. D .255.1. If BGP routes are received but are not injected into the routing table of the VPN instance.1. <HUAWEI> display ip routing-table vpn-instance vpna Route Flags: R .1. meaning whether some necessary routes are not sent but some unnecessary routes are sent.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 3/23/56 ms The preceding command output shows that two CEs in the same VPN can communicate with each other. Check that next hops of routes are reachable. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2 GigabitEthernet1/0/0 100. Step 5 Run the ping command on CE1 to test the connectivity of the link between CE1 and CE2. ipv4-address specifies the prefix of the target route.1. check that it is active.1. perform Step 2 to check the inbound policy applied to the remote PE. Run the display bgp vpnv4 all routing-table network { mask | mask-length } command on the remote PE to check that it has received the target route. If there is no route with a higher protocol preference. and only the selected route is added to the IP routing table and sent to the peer.1..3 Qos information : 0x0 AS-path Nil. router ID 20.1. multiple routes may have the same prefix.1.3. best.3.1. – If the remote PE has not received the target route. the BGP route is not advertised. l If the target route is active and selected but there is no information indicating that this route is sent to the remote PE.1.1. contact Huawei technical support personnel. valid.1 BGP local router ID : 20. 102 .1. Check that the routing policies are configured correctly. contact Huawei technical support personnel.1.1. Run the display current-configuration configuration bgp command on the local PE and remote PE to check that inbound and outbound policies are configured. When an optimal route needs to be selected from among BGP routes and other protocol routes.2 Local AS number : 100 VPN-Instance vpna. Ltd. because its next hop is unreachable. check whether the route of a CE is advertised to the local PE. check whether there is a route with a higher protocol preference in the IP routing table.2: Paths: 1 available.1.3. check whether there is a route to the original next hop in the IP routing table. MED 0. origin incomplete.2 Relay IP Out-Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/0 Original nexthop: 3. If there is no route to the original next hop. 2.1) Route Duration: 00h00m03s Relay IP Nexthop: 20. internal.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols l If the target route does not exist. – If the remote PE has received the target route. 1 best. l If the target route exists.1.1. If there is a route with a higher protocol preference. pre 255 Not advertised to any peer yet l If the target route is inactive. localpref 100.3 and 20. l If the target route is active but not selected. NOTE If there are active BGP routes. From: 20. One of these routes can be selected at most.1.1.1.1/32.1 (1. import it into BGP or adjust its protocol preference. find out why there is no route to the original next hop (this fault is generally associated with IGP or static routes).1. pref-val 0. one of them is preferred. select.1. NOTE In the BGP routing table. 1 select BGP routing table entry information of 1. Then. The following is an example: Assume that the target route is a route to 1. perform Step 1 again to check whether the next hop of the route is reachable and whether this route is selected.1/32: Imported route. perform Step 2 to check the outbound policy applied to the local PE. l If the target route is active but not selected. The original next hop and iterated next hop of this route are 3. The following command output shows that this route is active and selected.2 respectively. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. active.3. <HUAWEI> display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance vpna routing-table 1. the route with the highest protocol preference is selected. 1 route-policy policy-name import peer 1. Ltd.1. 3.2 Local AS number : 100 Total routes of Route Distinguisher(1:2): 1 BGP routing table entry information of 50.1 ip-prefix prefix-name import peer 1.1.1.1 ip-prefix prefix-name export peer 1.1. <HUAWEI> display bgp vpnv4 all routing-table 50.1. l If inbound and outbound policies are not configured on the two ends.2/32.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1 as-path-filter 1 import peer 1.1.1. go to Step 3.2 BGP local router ID : 2. 103 .1 (1.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols NOTE You only need to focus on peers of the BGP-VPNv4 address family or BGP-VPN instance address family when private network traffic is interrupted.1.1.1 filter-policy acl-name acl-name import peer 10.1 filter-policy acl-name acl-name export peer 10.2.1.1.2/32: Imported route.1. <HUAWEI> display current-configuration configuration bgp # bgp 100 peer 1. Label information (Received/Applied): 13316/NULL From: 1.1. this route can be iterated to a tunnel.1.1.1.1 connect-interface LoopBack0 # ipv4-family unicast undo synchronization peer 1.1 Relay IP Out-Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/0 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 as-number 200 peer 2.1.1.1 as-path-filter 1 export peer 1.1 as-number 300 peer 10.1 route-policy policy-name export # ipv4-family vpn-instance vpna import-route direct peer 10.1.1.1 as-path-filter 1 import peer 10.1 route-policy policy-name export # return l If inbound and outbound policies are configured on the two devices.1.1. see the HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Configuration Guide .1.1 enable # ipv4-family vpnv4 policy vpn-target peer 1.2.1. Assume that the target route is a route to 50.1. For detailed configurations of a routing policy.1.1. Run the display bgp vpnv4 all routing-table ipv4-address [ mask | mask-length ] command on the remote PE to check whether the target route can be iterated to a tunnel.1) Route Duration: 00h00m08s Relay IP Nexthop: 20.1.1..1 route-policy policy-name import peer 10.IP Routing.1 ip-prefix prefix-name import peer 10.2. you need to check whether the target route is filtered by these policies.1.1 filter-policy acl-name acl-name export peer 1.1 as-path-filter 1 export peer 10.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1. Check that routes can be iterated to a tunnel.1.1 filter-policy acl-name acl-name import peer 1.1. If the Relay Tunnel Out-Interface field and Relay token field in the command output are not empty.1.1 enable peer 1.1 ip-prefix prefix-name export peer 10.1.2. 1 Qos information : 0x0 Ext-Community:RT <1 : 1> AS-path Nil. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Check that the number of labels does not exceed the limit. pref-val 0. configure matching VPN-targets in the VPN instance.1. router ID 2.1. select.1. valid. <HUAWEI> display current-configuration configuration vpn-instance # ip vpn-instance vpna ipv4-family route-distinguisher 1:1 vpn-target 111:1 export-extcommunity vpn-target 111:1 import-extcommunity apply-label per-instance vpn-target 1:1 export-extcommunity vpn-target 1:1 import-extcommunity ip vpn-instance vpnb ipv4-family route-distinguisher 1:2 vpn-target 1:1 export-extcommunity vpn-target 1:1 import-extcommunity # return l If the export RT of the local VPN instance does not match the import RT of the remote VPN instance. go to Step 4.1.1 (1. best. and import-extcommunity indicates an import RT.2/32: Imported route.1. pref-val 0. pre 255 Not advertised to any peer yet VPN-Instance vpna. l If the target route can be iterated to a tunnel. For more information. Check whether routes fail to be added to the VPN routing table because the configured import RT and export RT do not match. pre 255 Not advertised to any peer yet l If the target route fails to be iterated to a tunnel. Label information (Received/Applied): 13316/NULL From: 1. 4.1. 5.1) Route Duration: 00h00m07s Relay Tunnel Out-Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/0 Relay token: 0x1002 Original nexthop: 1.2.. best. l If the export RT of the local VPN instance matches the import RT of the remote VPN instance. see the section "MPLS" in HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Troubleshooting.1. 104 . MED 0. origin incomplete. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. export-extcommunity indicates an export RT. Ltd. go to Step 5.2: Total Number of Routes: 1 BGP routing table entry information of 50. internal. origin incomplete. MED 0. select. active.1. internal. check that the associated tunnel exists and MPLS LDP is configured correctly. localpref 100.1 Qos information : 0x0 Ext-Community:RT <1 : 1> AS-path Nil.1. valid.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Relay Tunnel Out-Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/0 Relay token: 0x1002 Original nexthop: 1. Run the display current-configuration configuration vpn-instance command on the local PE and remote PE to check if routes fail to be added to the VPN routing table of the remote PE after being sent to the remote PE because the export RT of the local VPN instance does not match the import RT of the remote VPN instance.2.1. localpref 100. From: 0. Ltd. the target route is not assigned a label and is not advertised to the peer.0. If there is no Label information field in the command output. router ID 10. pref-val 0. <HUAWEI> display current-configuration configuration bgp | include peer 1. MED 0. run the display bgp vpnv4 all routingtable ipv4-address [ mask | mask-length ] command to check whether the target route has been assigned a VPN label.1.1.1.1 group IBGP peer 1.0.0) Route Duration: 00h21m24s Direct Out-interface: NULL0 Original nexthop: 100. For example. select.1.1 enable Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Then.1. 6.1.1.1.1 Qos information : 0x0 AS-path Nil.1.1. subsequent routes are dropped and a log is recorded after the remote PE receives five routes from the local PE at 1.1 VPN-Instance vpna.1.1.1. pref-val 0. best. l If labels are sufficient.0 (0. origin incomplete. MED 0.1 BGP local router ID : 10. Run the display current-configuration configuration bgp | include peer destinationaddress command and the display current-configuration configuration bgp | include peer group-name command (if the peer is added to a peer group) on the remote PE to check whether the limit on the number of routes to be received is configured on the remote PE. 105 .1.1.0/24: Imported route.1. best.0 (0.1.1.1 Qos information : 0x0 Ext-Community:RT <1 : 1> AS-path Nil.1.2: Total Number of Routes: 1 BGP routing table entry information of 100.1. <HUAWEI> display current-configuration configuration bgp | include peer 1. <HUAWEI> display bgp vpnv4 all routing-table 100.1.1 peer 1.1. origin incomplete.1.1. local..1. As a result.1.0.1 peer 1.1 enable If the peer is added to a peer group.1 as-number 100 peer 1. there may be no configurations about the route limit in the command output. Label information (Received/Applied): NULL/13312 From: 0. select.1.0. local.1.0/24: Imported route. Check that the number of routes does not exceed the limit.1.2 Local AS number : 100 Total routes of Route Distinguisher(1:1): 1 BGP routing table entry information of 100. valid.0.1 as-number 100 peer 1.1.1. You can also configure route summarization to reduce the number of routes. labels may be insufficient.0.1. if the limit is set to 5.1 route-limit 5 alert-only peer 1.0. pre 60 Not advertised to any peer yet l If labels are insufficient.1.1.0) Route Duration: 00h21m24s Direct Out-interface: NULL0 Original nexthop: 100.1.0. valid. go to Step 6.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Check that MPLS is enabled on the local PE. run the apply-label per-instance command in the VPN instance view to configure the device to assign a label to each instance to save labels. pre 255 Advertised to such 1 peers: 1. 2. Context On the network shown in Figure 6-11. see 5 Commissioning the Link Layer. and the limit needs to be increased.2/24 GE2/0/0 PE1 PE2 CE2 Procedure Step 1 Run the display mpls l2vc command on the commissioning device to view information about the L2VCs using the LDP as the signaling protocol. 7.1. see 4 Checking the Hardware. Prerequisite l The hardware has been checked.1.A is a PE. <HUAWEI> display current-configuration configuration bgp | include peer IBGP peer IBGP route-limit 5 alert-only peer IBGP enable If the log BGP/3/ROUTPRIX_EXCEED is generated when traffic is interrupted. Collect the following information and contact Huawei technical support personnel. VPWS is deployed on the network and CX.10 Commissioning VPWS This section describes how to commission VPWS.2.1/32 100.1 CE1 2.1 192. For more information. you need to run the display current-configuration configuration bgp | include peer group-name command to check the configurations of this peer group. Therefore.1.1. l Results of the preceding operation procedure l Configuration files.. log files.168. NOTE Changing the limit on the number of routes to be received from a peer interrupts the BGP peer relationship.1.1/24 GE1/0/0 100. and alarm files of the devices 6.2/24 GE2/0/0.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols In this case. the target route is dropped because the route limit has been exceeded. Figure 6-11 Typical networking for commissioning VPWS 1. 106 .168.1 GE2/0/0.1.1.2/32 192.1 GE1/0/0. For more information. <HUAWEI> display mpls l2vc total LDP VC : 1 1 up Issue 04 (2014-04-01) 0 down Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. it is recommended to reduce the number of sent routes by configuring route summarization on the local device.1/24 GE1/0/0. l The link layer has been commissioned. Ltd. MPLS L2VPN contains VPWS and VPLS technologies.1. 100.2: bytes=56 Sequence=3 ttl=255 Reply from 100. 4 minutes. Ltd. 34 seconds 0 days.1.1 vlan up VC Type ldp-vc The command output shows information about the interfaces that had set up an L2VPN connection. 4 minutes.2 21504 remote VC label : 21504 disable existent 0 not set active up 1500 remote VC MTU : 1500 to2 --primary 0 days. down (0) Interface Encap Type State GigabitEthernet1/0/0.1. <HUAWEI> ping 100. Step 2 Run the display l2vpn ccc-interface vc-type command on the commissioning device to view information about the interfaces that had set up an L2VPN connection.1. and the AC status.2 PING 100.1.1. and VC type of the interfaces are correct. VC ID.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 3/23/56 ms Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2.1 up up up up 0 0 101 VLAN 2. 0 hours. Step 3 Run the ping command on CE1 to test the connectivity of the link between CE1 and CE2.. VC status. press CTRL_C to break Reply from 100.2.1. 0 hours. Check that the encapsulation type.1. 0 hours. 4 seconds 0 days. <HUAWEI> display l2vpn ccc-interface vc-type all Total ccc-interface of LDP VC: 1 up (1).1. 34 seconds 16 15 --uniform ----- The command output shows L2VC information. 107 . encapsulation type. 4 minutes. 6 minutes.1.2: 56 data bytes.1. the AC interface of each L2VC is correctly configured.1. Check that the number of Up L2VCs is correct. status.2: bytes=56 Sequence=4 ttl=255 Reply from 100.2 ping statistics --5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0. 34 seconds 2010/07/24 12:31:31 0 days.1.2: bytes=56 Sequence=2 ttl=255 Reply from 100. 0 hours. session status.1. and destination address of the L2VC are correct.1.1.1. link status.2: bytes=56 Sequence=5 ttl=255 time=56 ms time=4 ms time=4 ms time=52 ms time=3 ms --.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide *client interface : Administrator PW : session state : AC status : VC state : Label state : Token state : VC ID : VC type : destination : local VC label : control word : forwarding entry : local group ID : manual fault : active state : link state : local VC MTU : tunnel policy name : traffic behavior name: PW template name : primary or secondary : create time : up time : last change time : VC last up time : VC total up time : CKey : NKey : AdminPw interface : AdminPw link state : Diffserv Mode : Service Class : Color : DomainId : Domain Name : 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols GigabitEthernent1/0/0.2: bytes=56 Sequence=1 ttl=255 Reply from 100. . 17 seconds up time : 0 days.5 session state : up AC status : up VC state : up VC ID : 102 VC type : VLAN destination : 2. 2. Ltd. 0 hours. Check that the two ends of the VC are configured with the same encapsulation type and MTU. Check that the VC IDs of the two ends of the VC are the same. 43 minutes. 14 minutes.2. 0 hours.2. <HUAWEI> display mpls l2vc 102 total LDP VC : 1 1 up 0 down *client interface : GigabitEthernet1/0/0. 43 seconds CKey : 16 NKey : 15 AdminPw interface : -AdminPw link state : -Diffserv Mode : uniform Service Class : -Color : -DomainId : -Domain Name : -- If the two ends are configured with different encapsulation types or MTUs. go to Step 2. If the two ends are configured with the same encapsulation type and MTU but the fault persists. 108 . change the encapsulation type or MTU of one end to be the same as that of the other. 3 minutes. complete the following: 1. 1 hours. NOTE A VC can only be Up when the two ends of the VC are configured with the same encapsulation type and MTU. <HUAWEI> display mpls l2vc 102 total LDP VC : 1 1 up 0 down *client interface : GigabitEthernet1/0/0. 3 minutes.2 local VC label : 146433 remote VC label : 146432 control word : disable forwarding entry : exist local group ID : 0 manual fault : not set active state : active link state : up local VC MTU : 1500 remote VC MTU : 1500 tunnel policy name : -traffic behavior name: -PW template name : -primary or secondary : primary create time : 1 days. Run the display mpls l2vc vc-id command to view VC information. 21 hours. 16 seconds VC last up time : 2010/02/17 08:23:07 VC total up time : 0 days.5 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End Troubleshooting If the VC of a Martini VLL cannot become Up.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols The preceding command output shows that two CEs in the same VPN can communicate with each other. 16 seconds last change time : 0 days. 14 minutes. 0 hours.5 session state : up AC status : up VC state : up VC ID : 102 VC type : VLAN destination : 2. Ltd. 3 minutes.2. 14 minutes. 16 seconds last change time : 0 days. 1 hours. go to Step 3.2 146433 remote VC label : 146432 disable exist 0 not set active up 1500 remote VC MTU : 1500 ---primary 1 days. 1 hours. 17 seconds up time : 0 days.2. 16 seconds 0 days. 0 hours. NOTE A VC can only be Up when the VC IDs of the two ends of the VC are the same. 21 hours. 109 . 16 seconds 2010/02/17 08:23:07 0 days. 16 seconds Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. change the VC ID of one end to be the same as that of the other.2 local VC label : 146433 remote VC label : 146432 control word : disable forwarding entry : exist local group ID : 0 manual fault : not set active state : active link state : up local VC MTU : 1500 remote VC MTU : 1500 tunnel policy name : -traffic behavior name: -PW template name : -primary or secondary : primary create time : 1 days.2. 43 minutes. If the VC IDs of the two ends of the VC are the same but the fault persists.2..HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols session state : AC status : VC state : VC ID : VC type : destination : local VC label : control word : forwarding entry : local group ID : manual fault : active state : link state : local VC MTU : tunnel policy name : traffic behavior name: PW template name : primary or secondary : create time : up time : last change time : VC last up time : VC total up time : CKey : up up up 102 VLAN 2. 3 minutes. 0 hours. Check that the LDP session between the two ends is Up. 43 seconds 16 NKey AdminPw interface AdminPw link state Diffserv Mode Service Class Color DomainId Domain Name : : : : : : : : 15 --uniform ----- If the VC IDs of the two ends of the VC are different. 3 minutes. 0 hours. 3 minutes. <HUAWEI> display mpls l2vc 102 total LDP VC : 1 1 up 0 down *client interface : GigabitEthernet1/0/0. 3. 17 seconds 0 days. HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide VC last up time VC total up time CKey 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols : 2010/02/17 08:23:07 : 0 days. l Check the tunnel policy name field in the command output. NOTE A VC can only be Up when the tunnel that bears the VC is also Up. Ltd. go to Step 5. Run the display mpls l2vc vc-id command. Check that the AC interfaces on the two ends are Up. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Check the VC tunnel/token info field in the command output. If VC tunnel/token info is displayed as 0 tunnels/tokens. a tunnel policy has been adopted. 110 . no tunnel has been selected by the PW. [HUAWEI-tunnel-policy-p1] display this # tunnel-policy p1 tunnel select-seq cr-lsp load-balance-number 1 # NOTE If the tunnel binding destination dest-ip-address te { tunnel interface-number } command is configured in the tunnel policy view. you also need to run the mpls te reserved-for-binding command on the tunnel interface. an LDP LSP is used as the tunnel for the PW. 43 seconds : 16 NKey AdminPw interface AdminPw link state Diffserv Mode Service Class Color DomainId Domain Name : : : : : : : : 15 --uniform ----- If the LDP session is Down. In this case. go to Step 4. NOTE A VC can only be set up when the LDP session is Up. An MPLS TE tunnel can only be used for a PW after a tunnel policy is configured. see the section "An LDP Session Is Down" in HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Troubleshooting to locate the fault and make the LDP session Up. run the display this command in the tunnel policy view to view the tunnel policy configuration. 5. 43 minutes. 4. – If tunnel policy name is not displayed as "-". Check that the PW has selected a tunnel. Run the display mpls l2vc vc-id command on the two ends of the VC to check whether or not the AC status field is displayed as Up. or no tunnel policy is configured. – If tunnel policy name is displayed as -. If the tunnel is Up and the TE interfaces are correctly configured.. If the LDP session is Up. 21 hours. see the section "An LSP Is Down" or "A TE Tunnel Is Down" in HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Troubleshooting to locate the fault and make the tunnel Up. If the tunnel is Down. 1.1.2/24 GE2/0/0. l The link layer has been commissioned. For more information.1/32 100. go to Step 6. 111 . Context On the network shown in Figure 6-12.1.1. see 5 Commissioning the Link Layer. see 4 Checking the Hardware.1 192.2/24 GE2/0/0 PE2 PE1 CE2 Procedure Step 1 Run the display vsi command on the commissioning device to view VSI information.2.1. l If the AC interfaces on the two ends are Up. 6.A is a PE. MPLS L2VPN contains VPWS and VPLS technologies.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols l If the AC interfaces on the two ends are Down.1 GE1/0/0.1/24 GE1/0/0.. see the section "Physical Interface Interconnection" in HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Troubleshooting to locate the fault and make the AC interfaces Up.1. Figure 6-12 Typical networking for commissioning VPLS 1. <HUAWEI> display vsi name v1 ***VSI Name : Administrator VSI : Isolate Spoken : VSI Index : PW Signaling : Member Discovery Style : PW MAC Learn Style : Encapsulation Type : MTU : Issue 04 (2014-04-01) verbose v1 no disable 0 ldp static unqualify vlan 1500 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1/24 GE1/0/0 100.1 GE2/0/0. VPLS is deployed on the network and CX.1. and alarm files of the devices 6.2/32 192.1. Ltd. log files. Collect the following information and contact Huawei technical support personnel: l Results of the preceding operation procedure l Configuration files.168.2. Prerequisite l The hardware has been checked. For more information.11 Commissioning VPLS This section describes how to commission VPLS.168.1 CE1 2. NOTE A VC can only be Up when the AC interfaces on the two ends of the VC are also Up. 50 minutes. 112 .2 primary no 23552 dynamic up 0x10002000 0x10002000 0x0 6 5 0 0 : : : : GigabitEthernet1/0/0. l PW Signaling is the signaling type of the PW. The VSI status should be Up after a VPLS connection is established successfully.2. which can be LDP or BGP. 0 hours. 0 hours. l Encapsulation Type is the encapsulation type for the VSI. 3 seconds Pay attention to the values of boldfaced fields displayed.2. l Member Discovery Style is the member discovery mode. 15 minutes. which can be dynamic or static discovery. l VSI State is the VSI status.2. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 19 minutes. Ltd. 23 seconds up **PW Information: *Peer Ip Address PW State Local VC Label Remote VC Label PW Type Tunnel ID Broadcast Tunnel ID Broad BackupTunnel ID Ckey Nkey Main PW Token Slave PW Token Tnl Type OutInterface GigabitEthernet2/0/0 Backup OutInterface Stp Enable Mac Flapping PW Last Up Time PW Total Up Time : : : : : 0 0 2010/08/15 15:41:59 0 days. 18 seconds : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2. or the encapsulation type of the packets transmitted over the VC. 0 hours.1 up 2010/08/15 15:41:59 0 days.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Diffserv Mode Service Class Color DomainId Domain Name Ignore AcState Multicast Fast Swicth Create Time VSI State : : : : : : : : : uniform --255 VSI ID *Peer Router ID primary or secondary ignore-standby-state VC Label Peer Type Session Tunnel ID Broadcast Tunnel ID Broad BackupTunnel ID CKey NKey StpEnable PwIndex : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 10 2.2 up 23552 23552 label 0x10002000 0x10002000 0x0 0x6 0x5 0x10002000 0x0 LSP Interface Name State Last Up Time Total Up Time disable enable 0 days.2.. <HUAWEI> display l2vpn vsi-list tunnel-policy p1 Using Tunnel-Policy p1 VSI Instance statistics: ---------------------------------------------------------------------vsi v1 Step 4 Run the ping command on CE1 to test the connectivity of the link between CE1 and CE2.1.2. go to Step 2.1.1. 2 up.2: 56 data bytes. <HUAWEI> display vsi name tt Vsi Mem PW Mac Encap Mtu Vsi Name Disc Type Learn Type Value State -------------------------------------------------------------------------tt static ldp unqualify vlan 1500 up l If the encapsulation types of the two ends are different.1.2: bytes=56 Sequence=2 ttl=255 Reply from 100. 0 down Vsi-Name V1 PeerIP 2. Check that the PW status of each VSI is Up.1. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. <HUAWEI> ping 100. The AC status should be Up after a VPLS connection is established successfully. 113 .1. Ltd.1.100.2: bytes=56 Sequence=5 ttl=255 time=56 ms time=4 ms time=4 ms time=52 ms time=3 ms --.1. run the encapsulation { ethernet | vlan } command in the VSI view to change the encapsulation type of one end to be the same as that of the other. ----End Troubleshooting If the VSI of Martini VPLS cannot become Up..1. <HUAWEI> display vpls forwarding-info Total Number : 2.1.2: bytes=56 Sequence=1 ttl=255 Reply from 100.2 VcOrSiteId 1 PwState UP The command output shows forwarding information of all VSIs. l Peer Ip Address is the IP address of a peer. Check that the encapsulation types of the two ends are the same. Step 3 Run the display l2vpn vsi-list tunnel-policy command on the commissioning device to view the tunnel policy name used in each VSI.1. l If the encapsulation types of the two ends are the same. Step 2 Run the display vpls forwarding-info command on the commissioning device to view forwarding information of all VSIs.1.2. press CTRL_C to break Reply from 100.1.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 3/23/56 ms The preceding command output shows that two CEs in the same VPN can communicate with each other.2 PING 100. l PW State is the PW status.1.1.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols l State is the status of the AC bound to the VSI.2 ping statistics --5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0. complete the following: 1.2: bytes=56 Sequence=4 ttl=255 Reply from 100.1. The PW status should be Up after a VPLS connection is established successfully.2: bytes=56 Sequence=3 ttl=255 Reply from 100. 2 187393 dynamic up 0xc0060401 0xc0060401 6 5 0 0 : : : : GigabitEthernet1/0/0. or run the peer peer-address negotiation-vc-id vc-id command in the VSI-LDP view to change the negotiation-VC-ID on one end. 40 seconds up l If the VSI IDs or negotiation-VC-IDs configured for both ends are different.12 up 2010/02/05 06:36:57 2 days. Ltd. 47 minutes. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ensuring that the VSI IDs or negotiationVC-IDs of the two ends are the same. NOTE A VSI can only be Up when MTUs configured for both ends are the same. l If the MTUs of the two ends are consistent. 114 . 2 hours. l If the VSI IDs or negotiation-vc-ids of the two ends are the same. <HUAWEI> display vsi name tt Vsi Mem PW Mac Encap Mtu Vsi Name Disc Type Learn Type Value State -------------------------------------------------------------------------tt static ldp unqualify vlan 1500 up l If the MTUs of the two ends are different. run the mtu mtu-value command in the VSI view to change the MTU of one end to be the same as that of the other.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols NOTE A VSI can only be Up when the encapsulation types configured for both ends are the same. go to Step 3. 40 minutes. 2 hours.2. 19 seconds p1 disable 2 days.2. Check that MTUs of the two ends are the same. 2. go to Step 4.. 3. run the pwsignal ldp command in the VSI-LDP view to change the VSI ID on one end. <HUAWEI> display vsi name tt verbose ***VSI Name Administrator VSI Isolate Spoken VSI Index PW Signaling Member Discovery Style PW MAC Learn Style Encapsulation Type MTU Diffserv Mode Service Class Color DomainId Domain Name Tunnel Policy Name Ignore AcState Create Time VSI State VSI ID *Peer Router ID VC Label Peer Type Session Tunnel ID Broadcast Tunnel ID CKey NKey StpEnable PwIndex Interface Name State Last Up Time Total Up Time : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : tt no disable 3 ldp static unqualify vlan 1500 uniform --255 : : : : : : : : : : : 101 2. Check that the VSI IDs or negotiation-VC-IDs of the two ends are the same. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 2 hours. the tunnel policy must be configured. Ltd. 47 minutes. 2 hours. If the Tunnel ID field is displayed as 0x0. go to Step 5. or no tunnel policy is configured for the VSI. 5.2. l Check whether or not the Tunnel ID field is displayed as 0x0. 4. l Check the Tunnel Policy Name field. You can see details of the tunnel policy by running the display this command in the corresponding tunnel policy view.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols NOTE A VSI can only be Up when the VSI IDs or negotiation-VC-IDs of the two ends are the same. <HUAWEI> display vsi name tt verbose ***VSI Name Administrator VSI Isolate Spoken VSI Index PW Signaling Member Discovery Style PW MAC Learn Style Encapsulation Type MTU Diffserv Mode Service Class Color DomainId Domain Name Tunnel Policy Name Ignore AcState Create Time VSI State VSI ID *Peer Router ID VC Label Peer Type Session Tunnel ID Broadcast Tunnel ID CKey NKey StpEnable PwIndex Interface Name State Last Up Time Total Up Time : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : tt no disable 3 ldp static unqualify vlan 1500 uniform --255 : : : : : : : : : : : 101 2. see the section "An LDP Session Is Down" in HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Troubleshooting to locate the fault and make the LDP session Up. NOTE The two ends can only perform L2VPN negotiation after the LDP session is in the Up state. the VSI has selected an LDP LSP. The Tunnel Policy Name field value indicates the VSI tunnel policy. the VSI has not selected a tunnel. 40 seconds up l If the LDP session between the two ends is Down. 40 minutes.2. Check that the VSI has selected a tunnel.2 187393 dynamic up 0xc0060401 0xc0060401 6 5 0 0 : : : : GigabitEthernet1/0/0. Run the display vsi name vsi-name verbose command. If the VSI selects an MPLSTE tunnel. 19 seconds p1 disable 2 days. If this field is not displayed.12 up 2010/02/05 06:36:57 2 days. 115 . Run the display vsi namevsi-name verbose command to check whether or not the Session field is displayed as Up. l If the LDP session between the two ends is Up. Check that the LDP session between the two ends is Up. 6. see 5 Commissioning the Link Layer. l If the AC interfaces on the two ends are Down. For more information. 7. For more information. If the tunnel between the two ends is Up and the TE interface is correctly configured. see the section "An LSP Is Down" or "A TE Tunnel Is Down" in HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Troubleshooting to locate the fault and make the tunnel Up. Prerequisite l The hardware has been checked. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l The link layer has been commissioned. NOTE A VSI can only be Up when the tunnel between the two ends is also in the Up state. see the section "Physical Interface Interconnection" in HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Troubleshooting to locate the fault and make the AC interfaces Up. Context On the network shown in Figure 6-13. see 4 Checking the Hardware. BFD is configured on the network. Collect the following information and contact Huawei technical support personnel: l Results of the preceding operation procedure l Configuration files.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols [HUAWEI-tunnel-policy-p1] display this # tunnel-policy p1 tunnel select-seq cr-lsp load-balance-number 1 # NOTE If the tunnel binding destinationdest-ip-address te { tunnel interface-number } command is configured in the tunnel policy view. Check that the AC interfaces on the two ends are Up. go to Step 6. you also need to run the mpls te reserved-for-binding command on the tunnel interface. 116 .12 Commissioning BFD This section describes how to commission BFD. Ltd. Run the display vsi name vsi-name verbose command on the two ends to check that the state of the interface corresponding to the Interface Name field is displayed as Up. BFD sessions can quickly detect link faults on a network. and alarm files of the devices 6. If the tunnel between the two ends is Down. go to Step 7.. NOTE A VSI can only be Up when AC interfaces on the two ends are also in the Up state. log files. l If the AC interfaces on the two ends are Up. process-pst must be configured.168. the BFD session status is Up.2 Bind Interface : GigabitEthernet1/0/0 FSM Board Id : 6 TOS-EXP : 7 Min Tx Interval (ms) : 10 Min Rx Interval (ms) : 10 Actual Tx Interval (ms): 10 Actual Rx Interval (ms): 10 Local Detect Multi : 10 Detect Interval (ms) : 100 Echo Passive : Disable Acl Number : Destination Port : 3784 TTL : 255 Proc interface status : Enable Process PST : Disable WTR Interval (ms) : 5 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2 NextHop Ip Address : 192.168. <HUAWEI> display bfd session all verbose -------------------------------------------------------------------------------Session MIndex : 16384 (One Hop) State : Up Name : atob -------------------------------------------------------------------------------Local Discriminator : 1 Remote Discriminator : 2 Session Detect Mode : Asynchronous Mode Without Echo Function BFD Bind Type : Interface(GigabitEthernet1/0/0) Bind Session Type : Static Bind Peer Ip Address : 192.1.167.168..168.1/32 Console PC 2.1.1. <HUAWEI> display current-configuration | begin peer-ip bfd to_net_comm bind default-ip interface GigabitEthernet1/0/0 discriminator local 1 discriminator remote 2 detect-multiplier 10 wtr 5 process-interface-status process-pst commit If a single-hop BFD session is set up. The boldfaced items in the command output show that process-pst has been configured. Ltd.2.2/32 192. <HUAWEI> display bfd session all -------------------------------------------------------------------------------Local Remote PeerIpAddr State Type InterfaceName -------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 2 192. and the values of Local and Remote are correct.1.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Figure 6-13 Typical networking for commissioning BFD 1. Step 2 Run the display bfd session command on the commissioning device to view BFD session information.0.168.1.10 / 24 CX600-A CX600-B Procedure Step 1 Run the display current-configuration command on the commissioning device to check if BFD parameters have taken effect.1.2.2 / 24 192. 117 .1.2 Up S_IP_IF GigabitEthernet1/0/0 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------Total UP/DOWN Session Number : 1/0 The boldfaced items in the command output show the BFD session information. Check that the number of BFD sessions is correct.1 / 24 GE1/0/0 network GE2/0/0 GE3/0/0 192. l If the Send Bad Packets value increases. a singlehop BFD session is set up in the Up state. If multi-hop BFD is enabled.. go to Step 5. go to Step 7. l If both the Received Packets and Send Packets values increase properly. – If the State field is not Up. go to Step 7. go to Step 5. In this case. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End Troubleshooting If the BFD session cannot become Up. 2. the BFD packets are sent but discarded. Run the display bfd statistics session all slot slot-id command repeatedly to check that the Send Bad Packets value increases properly.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Active Multi : 3 Last Local Diagnostic : Neighbor Signaled Session Down(Receive AdminDown) Bind Application : IFNET Session TX TmrID : Session Detect TmrID : Session Init TmrID : Session WTR TmrID : Session Echo Tx TmrID : PDT Index : FSM-5000000|RCV-0|IF-0|TOKEN-0 Session Description : ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------Total UP/DOWN Session Number : 1/0 The boldfaced items in the command output show that after single-hop BFD is enabled. go to Step 7. Run the display bfd statistics session all slot slot-id command repeatedly to check that the Received Bad Packets value increases properly. 118 . Run the display current-configuration configuration bfd-session command to check whether or not BFD session configurations have been committed. l If the Send Packets value does not increase. BFD session configurations have been committed. l If the commit field is displayed. Received Bad Packets. complete the following: 1. In this case. In this case. the BFD session has been created and no action is required. the command output will show that a multi-hop BFD session is set up in the Up state. l If the Received Bad Packets value does not increase. 3. the local end receives but discards the BFD packets sent from the remote end. Send Packets. go to Step 2. l If the Down Count value increases. l If none of the Received Packets. 4. Ltd. – If the State field is displayed as Up. run the commit command in the BFD session view. and Send Bad Packets values increases. Run the display bfd statistics session all slot slot-id command repeatedly to check statistics about BFD packets. l If the Received Bad Packets value increases. and then run the display bfd session all command to check that the BFD session is Up. BFD session configurations have not been committed. the Proc interface status field will be displayed as Enable. go to Step 4. the BFD session flaps. go to Step 3. the local end does not receive BFD packets. go to Step 5. l If the Received Packets value does not increase. If the BFD is associated with interface status successfully. Then go to Step 2. In this case. l If the commit field is not displayed. In this case. l If the detection time value is smaller than the delay value.. run the detect-multiplier. l If the detection time value of the BFD session is larger than the delay value. 6. or min-tx-interval command to change the detection time value of the BFD session to be larger than the delay value. and alarm files of the devices 6. Run the display bfd statistics session all slot slot-id command repeatedly. Collect the following information and contact Huawei technical support personnel. min-rx-interval. follow the procedure described in "The Ping Operation Fails" in the HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Troubleshooting to rectify the packet forwarding fault. 7. 5.13 Commissioning IP FRR on the Public Network This section describes how to commission IP FRR on the public network. Ltd.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols l If the Send Bad Packets value does not increase. In this case. Run the display current-configuration configuration bfd-session command to check the min-tx-interval and min-rx-interval values and determine whether or not the detection time value is larger than the delay value. IP FRR can be configured on the public network based on the network planning. l Results of the preceding operation procedure l Configuration files. log files. If the BFD session still does not go Up. l If the ping succeeds. go to Step 6. 119 . Prerequisites The following configurations are complete and the device is running normally: l 4 Checking the Hardware l 5 Commissioning the Link Layer Context IP FRR is configured on the public network shown in Figure 6-14. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. run the ping command on one end to ping the other end of the BFD session. go to Step 7. l If the ping fails. the local end does not send BFD packets to the remote end. go to Step 5. 2 Neighbour: 0.0.0 Interface: GigabitEthernet2/0/0 TunnelID: 0x0 Flags: D BkNextHop: 192.0 State: Active Adv Age: 00h06m49s Tag: 0 Priority: low Label: NULL QoSInfo: 0x0 IndirectID: 0x0 RelayNextHop: 0.. D . ----End 6.2 BkInterface: GigabitEthernet3/0/0 BkLabel: NULL SecTunnelID: 0x0 BkPETunnelID: 0x0 BkPESecTunnelID: 0x0 BkIndirectID: 0x0 If IP FRR has been configured on the public network. [CX-T] display ip routing-table 172.1.download to fib -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Routing Table : Public Summary Count : 1 Destination: 172.0. Ltd.17. 120 . Prerequisites The following configurations are complete and the device is running normally: Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0/24 Protocol: OSPF Process ID: 1 Preference: 10 Cost: 3 NextHop: 192.1. the backup outbound interface and backup next hop are displayed in BkNextHop and BkInterface.10.20.168.0 verbose Route Flags: R .0.T.relay.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Figure 6-14 Configuring IP FRR on the public network GE2/0/0 2002::1/64 GE1/0/0 2000::2/64 GE1/0/0 2000::1/64 GE2/0/0 2002::2/64 CX600-A Link A CX600-T GE2/0/0 2001::1/64 Loopback1 2::2/128 CX600-C GE1/0/0 2003::2/64 Link B GE1/0/0 2003::1/64 GE2/0/0 2001::2/64 CX600-B Procedure Step 1 Check the backup outbound interface and backup next hop on CX.17.0.14 Commissioning VPN IP FRR This section describes how to commission VPN IP FRR.168. 1.1.1. # Configure HUAWEI A.1.1 24 [HUAWEIA] ospf 1 vpn-instance vpn1 [HUAWEIA-ospf-1] area 0 [HUAWEIA-ospf-1-area-0.1.0.2 24 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1/24 GE1/0/11 40. and HUAWEI C functions as a CE.1.0 0.1.1. Figure 6-15 BGP/MPLS IP VPN networking GE1/0/10 20. [HUAWEIA] ip vpn-instance vpn1 [HUAWEIA-vpn-instance-vpn1] route-distinguisher 111:1 [HUAWEIA-vpn-instance-vpn1] vpn-target 100:1 [HUAWEIA-vpn-instance-vpn1] quit [HUAWEIA] interface GigabitEtherent 1/0/10 [HUAWEIA-GigabitEthernet1/0/10] ip binding vpn-instance vpn1 [HUAWEIA-GigabitEthernet1/0/10] ip address 20.1.0 0.1.0] network 30.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols l 4 Checking the Hardware l 5 Commissioning the Link Layer Context On the network shown in Figure 6-15.1 24 [HUAWEIA-GigabitEthernet1/0/10] quit [HUAWEIA] interface GigabitEthernet 6/0/4 [HUAWEIA-GigabitEthernet6/0/4] ip binding vpn-instance vpn1 [HUAWEIA-GigabitEthernet6/0/4] ip address 30.0.0. Run the display ip routing-table vpn-instance vpn1 command on HUAWEI A.1.0] network 20.1.0. [HUAWEIB] ip vpn-instance vpn1 [HUAWEIB-vpn-instance-vpn1] route-distinguisher 111:1 [HUAWEIB-vpn-instance-vpn1] vpn-target 100:1 [HUAWEIB-vpn-instance-vpn1] quit [HUAWEIB] interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/10 [HUAWEIB-GigabitEthernet1/0/10] ip binding vpn-instance vpn1 [HUAWEIB-GigabitEthernet1/0/10] ip address 20.1.1. Ltd.2/24 CX-C Procedure Step 1 Configure a VPN instance and an OSPF multi-instance on HUAWEI A and HUAWEI B.1/24 CX-A GE6/0/4 30.255 # Configure HUAWEI B. HUAWEI A and HUAWEI B function as PEs.1/24 GE1/0/10 20.1.1. VPN IP FRR is deployed on this network.0.1.2/24 GE1/0/4 30.0.0.1.2/24 CX-B GE1/0/11 40.255 [HUAWEIA-ospf-1-area-0.1.0.1.. 121 .1. The command output shows that HUAWEI A has learned routes using OSPF.1. download to fib -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Routing Tables: Public Destinations : 7 Routes : 8 Destination/Mask .1.0] network 40.1 GigabitEthernet1/0/4 .1..1...0] network 40.0.1. Ltd..1.0 0.1.1.0.relay...relay.0.1.0.. Then run the display ip routing-table vpn-instance vpn1 command. [HUAWEIC] interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/4 [HUAWEIC-GigabitEthernet1/0/4] ospf cost 100 <HUAWEIA> display ip routing-table vpn-instance vpn1 Route Flags: R .0] network 30.1.1.0 0.0.255 [HUAWEIC] display ip routing-table Route Flags: R .0 using OSPF.1.0] network 20.1.1 24 [HUAWEIB] ospf 1 vpn-instance vpn1 [HUAWEIB-ospf-1] area 0 [HUAWEIB-ospf-1-area-0.0..0. [HUAWEIA] interface GigabitEthernet 6/0/4 [HUAWEIA-GigabitEthernet6/0/4] ospf cost 100 # Set the cost value for GE 1/0/4 on HUAWEI C to 100 so that OSPF prefers the link from HUAWEI A to HUAWEI B.1..0. 40.0/24 OSPF GigabitEthernet1/0/10 Pre Cost 10 OSPF Flags NextHop 2 D 10 2 Interface 20.1.255 Run the display ip routing-table vpn-instance vpn1 command on HUAWEI A. [HUAWEIC] ospf 1 [HUAWEIC-ospf-1] area 0 [HUAWEIC-ospf-1-area-0.0.0 using OSPF.1 GigabitEthernet1/0/11 30...relay...1. Then run the display ip routing-table command..1. The command output shows that HUAWEI A has learned routes using OSPF and that GE 6/0/4 is the backup outbound interface.1.1.1. The two routes implement load balancing. The command output shows that HUAWEI A has learned two routes destined for 40. <HUAWEIA> display ip routing-table vpn-instance vpn1 Route Flags: R . Step 2 Configure OSPF on HUAWEI C. The command output shows that HUAWEI C has learned two routes destined for 20.0/24 Proto Pre Cost OSPF OSPF 10 10 2 2 Flags D D NextHop Interface 40.1.0 0.1.1. D . Step 3 Set the cost values for OSPF interfaces to allow the link from HUAWEI A to HUAWEI B to be preferred among all links from HUAWEI A to 40.0..0.2 GigabitEthernet6/0/4 .1...2 D 30.1.1.download to fib -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Routing Tables: vpn1 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0.1.0 0... D ..download to fib -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Routing Tables: vpn1 Destinations : 10 Routes : 11 Destination/Mask Proto . D .HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols [HUAWEIB-GigabitEthernet1/0/10] quit [HUAWEIB] interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/11 [HUAWEIB-GigabitEthernet1/0/11] ip binding vpn-instance vpn1 [HUAWEIB-GigabitEthernet1/0/11] ip address 40. 122 .0. 20.0.255 [HUAWEIB-ospf-1-area-0.1.255 [HUAWEIC-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1.0. # Set the cost value for GE 6/0/4 on HUAWEI A to 100 so that OSPF prefers the link from HUAWEI A to HUAWEI B.. 0/24 OSPF GigabitEthernet1/0/10 .1. a backup next hop. 123 . 40.1. The command output shows that the backup outbound interface is GE 6/0/4 and the IP address of the backup next hop is 30.1.1.1.0.1.0 Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/10 TunnelID: 0x0 Flags: D BkNextHop: 30.2. the ping becomes successful again. Configure a routing policy. and a backup outbound interface.1.2 Neighbour: 0.1.1.0 State: Active Adv Age: 00h01m18s Tag: 0 Priority: low Label: NULL QoSInfo: 0x0 IndirectID: 0x0 RelayNextHop: 0.1: bytes=56 Sequence=8 ttl=255 time=1 ms Reply from 40.0.1..1. After traffic is switched to the link from HUAWEI A to HUAWEI C.1: 56 data bytes.1..1.2 BkInterface: GigabitEthernet6/0/4 BkLabel: NULL SecTunnelID: 0x0 BkPETunnelID: 0x0 BkPESecTunnelID: 0x0 BkIndirectID: 0x0 Step 7 Run the ping–vpn-instance vpn1 40. and enable VPN IP FRR on HUAWEI A.1 command on HUAWEI A while removing the optical fiber of GE 1/0/10 on HUAWEI A.1. The command output shows a lower packet loss rate during link switching..1: bytes=56 Sequence=2 ttl=255 time=2 ms Request time out Request time out Request time out Request time out Reply from 40. press CTRL_C to break Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1.1.1. [HUAWEIA] ping –vpn-instance vpn1 40.1.1 PING 40.1.1.. Then check the ping result.. <HUAWEIA> display ip routing-table vpn-instance vpn1 40.1.2 Step 4 Run the ping–vpn-instance vpn1 40.1 PING 40. [HUAWEIA] ping –vpn-instance vpn1 40.0.1.1.. Ltd..1..1..1: bytes=56 Sequence=7 ttl=255 time=2 ms Reply from 40. Then check the ping result.1: bytes=56 Sequence=1 ttl=255 time=1 ms Reply from 40.0 24 verbose Destination: 40.1.1..1.1.1.1.0.1.1.0 24 [HUAWEIA] route-policy ip_frr_rp permit node 10 [HUAWEIA-route-policy] if-match ip-prefix frr1 [HUAWEIA-route-policy] apply backup-nexthop 30..1.1: bytes=56 Sequence=9 ttl=255 time=2 ms Step 5 Insert the optical fiber of GE 1/0/10 on HUAWEI A.1. press CTRL_C to break Reply from 40.0 24 verbose command on HUAWEI A to check the backup outbound interface and backup next hop.1.1. Pre 10 Cost 2 Flags NextHop D Interface 20.1.1 command on HUAWEI A while removing the optical fiber of GE 1/0/10 on HUAWEI A.2 [HUAWEIA-route-policy] apply backup-interface GigabitEthernet 6/0/4 [HUAWEIA-route-policy] quit [HUAWEIA] ip vpn-instance vpn1 [HUAWEIA-vpn-instance-vpn1] ip frr route-policy ip_frr_rp [HUAWEIA-vpn-instance-vpn1] quit Step 6 Run the display ip routing-table vpn-instance vpn1 40.1: 56 data bytes. The ping is successful before the optical fiber of GE 1/0/10 is removed and fails temporarily after the optical fiber is removed.1. [HUAWEIA] ip ip-prefix frr1 permit 40.0/24 Protocol: OSPF Process ID: 1 Preference: 10 Cost: 2 NextHop: 20.1.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Destinations : 10 Routes : 10 Destination/Mask Proto .1.1. configure an if-match clause. 4.1.1.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Reply from 40.1: bytes=56 Sequence=6 ttl=255 time=1 ms Reply from 40.3.3.4 OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1 Destination : 4.1.2/24 GE1/0/2 2.3.1.4.1/24 1.1. <CX-A> display ospf routing router-id 4.1 3.1.3 Procedure Step 1 Run the display ospf [ process-id ] routing command to check information about the primary and backup links after OSPF IP FRR is enabled.4/24 CX-D Router-id Router-id Router-id 4.4.4.1. Figure 6-16 Typical networking for commissioning OSPF FRR CX-B Router-id 2. OSPF FRR is deployed on the network.1: bytes=56 Sequence=1 ttl=255 time=1 ms Reply from 40.2.1.4.1.2.1: bytes=56 Sequence=7 ttl=255 time=2 ms ----End 6.3/24 cost = 4 cost = 55 GE1/0/2 GE1/0/1 GE1/0/2 GE1/0/1 CX-A 1.1.1: bytes=56 Sequence=2 ttl=255 time=2 ms Reply from 40.2.1/24 co st = 9 GE1/0/1 1.1. 124 ..3.3/24 3.4.1.1.1.1.1. Ltd. Prerequisites The following configurations are complete and the device is running normally: l 4 Checking the Hardware l 5 Commissioning the Link Layer Context On the network shown in Figure 6-16.1.2 GE1/0/1 1.3.4.1.4 1.2/24 co st = 5 GE1/0/3 2.3.1.2.1.4.1: bytes=56 Sequence=5 ttl=255 time=2 ms Reply from 40.4 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Route Type : Intra-area Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1.1.1: bytes=56 Sequence=3 ttl=255 time=2 ms Request time out Reply from 40.3/24 CX-C 3.15 Commissioning OSPF FRR This section describes how to commission OSPF FRR.1.1. see the chapter "Configuring OSPF IP FRR" in HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Configuration Guide .1 Neighbors Area 0. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Collect the following information and contact Huawei technical support personnel: Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. go to Step 3.1. If the State field displays Full.4. including information about the backup next hop: Backup NextHop is address of the backup next hop.1. <HUAWEI> display ospf peer OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1. l If the OSPF neighbor relationship has not been established.1(GigabitEthernet1/0/2)'s neighbors Router ID: 4.0.4 : 00h31m27s Interface : GigabitEthernet1/0/2 Backup Interface : GigabitEthernet1/0/1 The preceding display shows that a backup route is generated on CX-.0 interface 1. ----End Troubleshooting If OSPF FRR forwarding fails. Backup Type is type of the backup next hop. perform the following steps: 1.4.255 network 1.4.0. If OSPF IP FRR has not been enabled.1.4.0.. Backup Interface is outbound interface of the backup next hop.1 Type : ASBR URT Cost : 59 NextHop : 1.0. whether the State field displays Full.0.0.0. 125 . go to Step 2.3 GR State: Normal State: Full Mode:Nbr is Slave Priority: 1 DR: 1.1. Run the display ospf peer command to check whether the OSPF neighbor relationship has been established. l If the OSPF neighbor relationship has been established. and whether the neighbor is Up for a long time. the OSPF neighbor relationship was recently interrupted.0. Run the display current-configuration configuration ospf command to check whether OSPF IP FRR has been enabled.1.0.3.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Area : 0. see the chapter OSPF in HUAWEI CX600 Metro Services Platform Troubleshooting.1.2 Backup Type : LFA LINK AdvRouter Age : 4.3.1. 2.1.1 network 1.IP Routing.1 frr frr-policy route route-policy abc loop-free-alternate area 0.4 Address: 1.3 BDR: None MTU: 0 Dead timer due in 35 sec Retrans timer interval: 5 Neighbor is up for 00:00:05 Authentication Sequence: [ 0 ] In the preceding command output.0 0. <HUAWEI> display current-configuration configuration ospf # ospf 1 router-id 1.2.3.3 Backup Nexthop : 1. check whether the number of neighbors is correct.3.2. Ltd.1.0.0 0.255 If OSPF IP FRR has been enabled. If the neighbor is Up for a short period of time. 3. and the OSPF neighbor relationship is Full.1.1. LSDB synchronization is complete.3. 126 . [LSRB] isis 1 [LSRB-isis-1] network-entity 00.1.1. For more information.2.1.1. LSRB and LSRC.2/32 3.1. l The link layer has been commissioned. LSRA.2. Figure 6-17 Networking diagram for RSVP GR Loopback1 Loopback1 Loopback1 2.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols l Results of the preceding operation procedure l Configuration files.2/24 LSRA LSRB LSRC Procedure Step 1 Configure basic IS-IS functions on LSRA. # Configure LSRA.1. Ltd. or LSRC.3.0000.00 [LSRB-isis-1] is-level level-2 [LSRB-isis-1] quit [LSRB] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/0 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1/24 20. Three LSRs learn routes from one another using the IS-IS protocol and then use the RSVP protocol to establish a TE tunnel from LSRA to LSRC.3.0000.2/24 20. Prerequisites l The hardware has been checked. For more information. and LSRC are equipped with dual main control boards. see 4 Checking the Hardware.0002.00 [LSRA-isis-1] is-level level-2 [LSRA-isis-1] quit [LSRA] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/0 [LSRA-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] isis enable 1 [LSRA-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] quit [LSRA] interface loopback 1 [LSRA-LoopBack1] isis enable 1 [LSRA-LoopBack1] quit # Configure LSRB. and alarm files of the devices 6.1/24 10.0005.0000.0005. log files..1.3/32 1.0000.0001.1/32 GE2/0/0 GE1/0/0 GE2/0/0 GE1/0/0 10.1. [LSRA] isis 1 [LSRA-isis-1] network-entity 00. RSVP GR is required to ensure that MPLS forwarding is not interrupted when ae master/slave switchover of main control boards occurs on LSRA. LSRB.1.1. LSRB.16 Commissioning RSVP GR This section describes how to commission RSVP GR. see 5 Commissioning the Link Layer. Context On the network shown in Figure 6-17. # Configure LSRA.0005.3. Step 2 Configure basic MPLS capability and enable MPLS TE.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols [LSRB-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] isis enable 1 [LSRB-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] quit [LSRB] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/0 [LSRB-GigabitEthernet2/0/0] isis enable 1 [LSRB-GigabitEthernet2/0/0] quit [LSRB] interface loopback 1 [LSRB-LoopBack1] isis enable 1 [LSRB-LoopBack1] quit # Configure LSRC.0000.3 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. run the display ip routing-table command on each LSR.1 [LSRA] mpls [LSRA-mpls] mpls te [LSRA-mpls] mpls rsvp-te [LSRA-mpls] mpls te cspf [LSRA-mpls] quit [LSRA] interface gigabitethernet [LSRA-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] mpls [LSRA-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] mpls [LSRA-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] mpls [LSRA-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] mpls [LSRA-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] mpls [LSRA-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] quit 1/0/0 te rsvp-te te bandwidth max-reservable-bandwidth 100000 te bandwidth bc0 100000 # Configure LSRB. and CSPF. [LSRC] mpls lsr-id 3. [LSRC] isis 1 [LSRC-isis-1] network-entity 00. [LSRA] mpls lsr-id 1.1..1.0000. Configure maximum bandwidth and maximum reservable bandwidth of interfaces. Ltd.3.0003.00 [LSRC-isis-1] is-level level-2 [LSRC-isis-1] quit [LSRC] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/0 [LSRC-GigabitEthernet2/0/0] isis enable 1 [LSRC-GigabitEthernet2/0/0] quit [LSRC] interface loopback 1 [LSRC-LoopBack1] isis enable 1 [LSRC-LoopBack1] quit After completing the configuration.2. RSVP-TE. [LSRB] mpls lsr-id 2. LSRs have learned routes from each other. 127 .2 [LSRB] mpls [LSRB-mpls] mpls te [LSRB-mpls] mpls rsvp-te [LSRB-mpls] quit [LSRB] interface gigabitethernet [LSRB-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] mpls [LSRB-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] mpls [LSRB-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] mpls [LSRB-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] quit [LSRB] interface gigabitethernet [LSRB-GigabitEthernet2/0/0] mpls [LSRB-GigabitEthernet2/0/0] mpls [LSRB-GigabitEthernet2/0/0] mpls [LSRB-GigabitEthernet2/0/0] mpls [LSRB-GigabitEthernet2/0/0] mpls [LSRB-GigabitEthernet2/0/0] quit 1/0/0 te rsvp-te 2/0/0 te rsvp-te te bandwidth max-reservable-bandwidth 100000 te bandwidth bc0 100000 # Configure LSRC.2. Step 5 Enable RSVP GR. The interface status of the MPLS TE tunnel is Up. [LSRA] display interface tunnel Tunnel1/0/0 current state : UP Line protocol current state : UP Last up time: 2007-10-29. 128 . Ltd..3. [LSRC] isis 1 [LSRC-isis-1] [LSRC-isis-1] [LSRC-isis-1] [LSRC-isis-1] [LSRC-isis-1] cost-style wide is-name LSRC traffic-eng level-2 graceful-restart quit Step 4 Configure an MPLS TE tunnel on LSRA. [LSRA] mpls [LSRA-mpls] mpls rsvp-te hello [LSRA-mpls] mpls rsvp-te hello full-gr Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. # Configure LSRA.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols [LSRC] mpls [LSRC-mpls] mpls te [LSRC-mpls] mpls rsvp-te [LSRC-mpls] quit [LSRC] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/0 [LSRC-GigabitEthernet2/0/0] mpls [LSRC-GigabitEthernet2/0/0] mpls te [LSRC-GigabitEthernet2/0/0] mpls rsvp-te [LSRC-GigabitEthernet2/0/0] quit Step 3 Configure IS-IS TE and enable IS-IS GR. [LSRA] isis 1 [LSRA-isis-1] [LSRA-isis-1] [LSRA-isis-1] [LSRA-isis-1] [LSRA-isis-1] cost-style wide is-name LSRA traffic-eng level-2 graceful-restart quit # Configure LSRB.. [LSRA] interface tunnel 1/0/0 [LSRA-Tunnel1/0/0] ip address unnumbered interface loopback 1 [LSRA-Tunnel1/0/0] tunnel-protocol mpls te [LSRA-Tunnel1/0/0] destination 3. # Configure LSRA. run the display interface tunnel command on LSRA. 16:35:10 Description : Tunnel1/0/0 Interface . [LSRB] isis 1 [LSRB-isis-1] [LSRB-isis-1] [LSRB-isis-1] [LSRB-isis-1] [LSRB-isis-1] cost-style wide is-name LSRB traffic-eng level-2 graceful-restart quit # Configure LSRC..3 [LSRA-Tunnel1/0/0] mpls te tunnel-id 100 [LSRA-Tunnel1/0/0] mpls te signal-protocol rsvp-te [LSRA-Tunnel1/0/0] mpls te bandwidth ct0 20000 [LSRA-Tunnel1/0/0] mpls te commit [LSRA-Tunnel1/0/0] quit After completing the configuration.3. restart time. [LSRB] mpls [LSRB-mpls] mpls rsvp-te hello [LSRB-mpls] mpls rsvp-te hello full-gr [LSRB-mpls] quit [LSRB] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/0 [LSRB-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] mpls rsvp-te hello [LSRB] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/0 [LSRB-GigabitEthernet2/0/0] mpls rsvp-te hello # Configure LSRC. 129 . [LSRC] mpls [LSRC-mpls] mpls rsvp-te hello [LSRC-mpls] mpls rsvp-te hello full-gr [LSRC-mpls] quit [LSRC] interface gigabitethernet 2/0/0 [LSRC-GigabitEthernet2/0/0] mpls rsvp-te hello Step 6 After completing the configuration. indicating that the tunnel has never flapped.. [LSRA] display this interface Tunnel1/0/0 current state : UP Line protocol current state : UP Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The Tunnel up/down statistics value is 0.2 Graceful-Restart Capability: GR-Self GR-Support Restart Time: 90060 Milli Second Recovery Time: 0 Milli Second GR Status: Gracefully Restart Not going on Number of Restarting neighbors: 0 Number of LSPs recovered: 0 Received Gr Path message count: 0 Send Gr Path message count: 0 Received RecoveryPath message count: 0 Send RecoveryPath message count: 0 Run the display mpls rsvp-te graceful-restart peer command on LSRB to view the GR status of the neighboring LSR.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols [LSRA-mpls] quit [LSRA] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/0 [LSRA-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] mpls rsvp-te hello # Configure LSRB.1. [LSRB] display mpls rsvp-te graceful-restart peer Neighbor on Interface GigabitEthernet1/0/0 Neighbor Addr: 10.2. [LSRB] display mpls rsvp-te graceful-restart Display Mpls Rsvp te graceful restart information LSR ID: 2.1.2. Ltd. and recovery time.1 SrcInstance: 47860 NbrSrcInstance: 49409 Neighbor Capability: Can Do Self GR Can Support GR GR Status: Normal Restart Time: 90060 Milli Second Recovery Time: 0 Milli Second Stored GR message number: 0 PSB Count: 0 RSB Count: 0 Total to be Recover PSB Count: 0 Recovered PSB Count: 0 Total to be Recover RSB Count: 0 Recovered RSB Count: 0 P2MP PSB Count: 0 P2MP RSB Count: 0 Total to be Recover P2MP PSB Count: 0 Recovered P2MP PSB Count: 0 Total to be Recover P2MP RSB Count: 0 Recovered P2MP RSB Count: 0 Run the display this interface command on LSRA. run the display mpls rsvp-te graceful-restart command on LSRB to view the local GR status. HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Last line protocol up time : 2010-07-13 16:10:09 Description: Tunnel1/0/0 Interface Route Port,The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 Internet protocol processing : disabled Encapsulation is TUNNEL, loopback not set Tunnel destination 3.3.3.3 Tunnel up/down statistics 0 Tunnel protocol/transport MPLS/MPLS, ILM is available, ... Step 7 Run the slave switchover command on LSRB to forcibly perform a master/slave switchover of main control boards. [LSRB] slave switchover enable [LSRB] slave switchover Caution!!! Confirm switch slave to master[Y/N] ? [LSRB] y Run the display this interface command on LSRA again to view that the value of Tunnel up/ down statistics is still 0, indicating that the tunnel did not flap after the master/slave switchover of main control boards on LSRB. This means that RSVP GR has been configured successfully. [LSRA] display this interface Tunnel1/0/0 current state : UP Line protocol current state : UP Last line protocol up time : 2010-07-13 16:13:53 Description: Tunnel1/0/0 Interface Route Port,The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 Internet protocol processing : disabled Encapsulation is TUNNEL, loopback not set Tunnel destination 3.3.3.3 Tunnel up/down statistics 0 Tunnel protocol/transport MPLS/MPLS, ILM is available, ... ----End 6.17 Commissioning MPLS TE FRR This section describes how to commission MPLS TE FRR. Prerequisites The following configurations are complete and the device is running normally: l 4 Checking the Hardware l 5 Commissioning the Link Layer Context On the network shown in Figure 6-18, MPLS TE FRR is deployed on the network. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 130 HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Figure 6-18 Typical networking for commissioning MPLS TE FRR 3.3.3.3/32 GE1/0/1 23.23.1.3/24 GE1/0/0 13.13.1.3/24 CX-C 2.2.2.2/32 1.1.1.1/32 GE1/0/1 13.13.1.1/24 CX-A GE1/0/0 12.12.1.1/24 GE1/0/1 23.23.1.2/24 GE1/0/0 12.12.1.2/24 CX-B Procedure Step 1 Configure a primary TE tunnel named Tunnel1/1/1 on CX- A, with the destination IP address as the LSR ID of CX- B; configure an explicit path for the primary TE tunnel; enable FRR. Configure a bypass TE tunnel named Tunnel1/1/2 and configure an explicit path for the bypass TE tunnel to protect the primary LSP's outbound interface GE 1/0/0. Then run the display mpls te tunnel command to check Tunnel1/1/1 and Tunnel1/1/2 configurations. The tunnels are Up. <CX-A> display mpls te tunnel name Tunnel1/1/1 verbose Tunnel Name : Tunnel1/1/1 Tunnel State Desc : CR-LSP is Up Tunnel Attributes : Session ID : 1 Ingress LSR ID : 1.1.1.1 Egress LSR ID: 2.2.2.2 Admin State : UP Oper State : UP Signaling Protocol : RSVP Tie-Breaking Policy : None Metric Type : None BypassBW Flag : Not Supported BypassBW Type : Bypass BW : Bfd Cap : None Retry Int : 10 sec Reopt : Disabled Reopt Freq : Auto BW : Disabled Current Collected BW: Auto BW Freq : Min BW : Max BW : Tunnel Group : Primary Interfaces Protected: Excluded IP Address : Is On Radix-Tree : Yes Referred LSP Count: 0 Primary Tunnel : Pri Tunn Sum : Backup Tunnel : Group Status : Up Oam Status : Up IPTN InLabel : BackUp Type : None BestEffort : Disabled Secondary HopLimit : BestEffort HopLimit : Secondary Explicit Path Name: Secondary Affinity Prop/Mask: 0x0/0x0 BestEffort Affinity Prop/Mask: 0x0/0x0 IsConfigLspConstraint: No Primary LSP ID Setup Priority Issue 04 (2014-04-01) : : 1.1.1.1:1 7 Hold Priority: Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 7 131 HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Affinity Prop/Mask : 0x0/0x0 Configured Bandwidth Information CT0 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 CT1 CT2 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 CT3 CT4 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 CT5 CT6 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 CT7 Actual Bandwidth Information CT0 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 CT1 CT2 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 CT3 CT4 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 CT5 CT6 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 CT7 Explicit Path Name : primary Record Route : Enabled Route Pinning : Disabled FRR Flag : Enabled IdleTime Remain : [CX-A] display mpls te tunnel name Tunnel1/1/2 Tunnel Name : Tunnel1/1/2 Tunnel State Desc : CR-LSP is Up Tunnel Attributes : Session ID : 2 Ingress LSR ID : 1.1.1.1 Admin State : UP Signaling Protocol : RSVP Tie-Breaking Policy : None BypassBW Flag : Supported BypassBW Type : Bfd Cap : None Reopt : Disabled Auto BW : Disabled Current Collected BW: Min BW : Tunnel Group : Primary Interfaces Protected: GE1/0/2 Excluded IP Address : Is On Radix-Tree : Yes Primary Tunnel : Backup Tunnel : Group Status : Up IPTN InLabel : BackUp Type : None Secondary HopLimit : BestEffort HopLimit : Secondary Explicit Path Name: Secondary Affinity Prop/Mask: 0x0/0x0 BestEffort Affinity Prop/Mask: 0x0/0x0 IsConfigLspConstraint: No Primary LSP ID : 1.1.1.1:1 Setup Priority : 7 Affinity Prop/Mask : 0x0/0x0 Configured Bandwidth Information CT0 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 CT2 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 CT4 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 CT6 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 Actual Bandwidth Information CT0 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 CT2 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 CT4 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 CT6 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 Explicit Path Name : bypass Record Route : Enabled Route Pinning : Disabled FRR Flag : Disabled IdleTime Remain : - Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Resv Style : SE Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : : : : 0 0 0 0 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 Hop Limit : Record Label : Enabled verbose Egress LSR ID: Oper State : 2.2.2.2. UP Metric Type : None Bypass BW Retry Int Reopt Freq : : : 10 sec - Auto BW Freq : Max BW : - Referred LSP Count: Pri Tunn Sum : - 0 Oam Status : Up BestEffort : Disabled Hold Priority: Resv Style : 7 SE CT1 CT3 CT5 CT7 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) CT1 CT3 CT5 CT7 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 Bandwidth(Kbit/sec) : 0 Hop Limit : Record Label : Disabled Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. : : : : 0 0 0 0 132 2.2.2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=29 time = 9 ms Reply from 2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=30 time = 11 ms Reply from 2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=35 time = 10 ms Reply from 2.2. Ltd.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=1 time = 11 ms Reply from 2.2. press 133 . Then open another window on CX.2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=2 time = 11 ms Reply from 2.2.2.2.2.2..2.2.2.2.2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=15 time = 9 ms Request time out Reply from 2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=27 time = 10 ms Reply from 2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=8 time = 9 ms Reply from 2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=9 time = 9 ms Reply from 2.2.2.2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=31 time = 10 ms Reply from 2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=14 time = 12 ms Reply from 2.2.2.2.2.A.2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=13 time = 9 ms Reply from 2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=24 time = 11 ms Reply from 2. The display command output shows that the LSP is still Up and few packets are discarded because FRR is enabled.2: bytes=100 Sequence=38 time = 11 ms Reply from 2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=6 time = 11 ms Reply from 2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=10 time = 13 ms Reply from 2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=18 time = 9 ms Reply from 2.2.2.2.2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=4 time = 10 ms Reply from 2.2.2.2.2.2.A and run the shutdown command to disable GE 1/0/0 during the ping operation.2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=5 time = 12 ms Reply from 2.2.2.2. [CX-A] ping lsp -c 100 -m 100 te Tunnel 1/1/1 LSP PING FEC: TE TUNNEL IPV4 SESSION QUERY Tunnel1/1/1 : 100 CTRL_C to break Reply from 2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=25 time = 13 ms Reply from 2.2.2.2.2.2.2.2.2.2.2.2.2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=19 time = 12 ms Reply from 2.2.2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=36 time = 9 ms Reply from 2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=17 time = 13 ms Reply from 2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=40 time = 10 ms Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=37 time = 9 ms Reply from 2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=22 time = 14 ms Reply from 2. data bytes.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols [CX-A] display mpls lsp statistics Lsp Type Total Ingress Transit Egress STATIC LSP 0 0 0 0 STATIC CRLSP 0 0 0 0 LDP LSP 0 0 0 0 RSVP CRLSP 2 2 0 0 BGP LSP 0 0 0 0 ASBR LSP 0 0 0 0 BGP IPV6 LSP 0 0 0 0 L3VPN IPV6 LSP 0 0 0 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------LSP 0 0 0 0 CRLSP 2 2 0 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------Lsp Type IngressLspBypassState TransitLspBypassState ExistNotUsed InUse ExistNotUsed InUse RSVP CRLSP 1 0 0 0 ----------------------------------------------------------- Step 2 Run the ping lsp -c 100 -m 100 te Tunnel 1/1/1 command on CX.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=12 time = 11 ms Reply from 2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=34 time = 11 ms Reply from 2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=26 time = 13 ms Reply from 2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=28 time = 9 ms Reply from 2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=33 time = 13 ms Reply from 2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=11 time = 10 ms Reply from 2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=7 time = 11 ms Reply from 2.2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=32 time = 11 ms Reply from 2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=23 time = 12 ms Reply from 2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=21 time = 9 ms Reply from 2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=39 time = 12 ms Reply from 2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=20 time = 11 ms Reply from 2.2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=3 time = 10 ms Reply from 2.2.2. 2: 2.2: 2.2.2.2.2.2.2: 2.2.2.2.2: 2.2.2.FEC: TE TUNNEL IPV4 SESSION QUERY Tunnel1/1/1 ping statistics --100 packet(s) transmitted 99 packet(s) received 1.2.2: 2.2.2.2: 2.2: 2.2.2. 134 .2.2.2.2: 2.2.2..2: 2.2.2.2.2: 2.2.2: 2.2.2.2.2: 2.2: 2.2: 2.2: 2.2.2.2.2.2: 2.2.2.2.2.2: 2.2.2.2.2: 2.2.2.2.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply Reply from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from 2.2.2.2: 2.2.2.2: 2.2.2: 2.2.2: 2.2.2.2: 2.2.2.2.2.2.2.2.2.2.2: 2.2.2.2: 2.2: 2.2.2: 2.2.2: 2.2: 2.2.2.2.2.2: 2.2.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 8/10/19 ms Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2: 2.2.2.2: 2.2: 2.2.2: 2.2.2.2.2.2.2: 2.2.2.2.2: 2.2.2.2.2: 2.2.2.2.2: 2.2.2.2.2: 2.2.2.2.2.2.2.2: 2.2.2.2.2: 2.2: 2.2.2.2.2: 2.2.2.2: 2.2.2.2.2: 2.2.2: 2.2: 2.2.2: 2.2.2: 2.2: 2.2: 2.2: 2.2.2: 2.2: 2.2: 2.2. Ltd.2.2.2.2: 2.2: 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 bytes=100 Sequence=41 time = 9 ms Sequence=42 time = 11 ms Sequence=43 time = 11 ms Sequence=44 time = 12 ms Sequence=45 time = 11 ms Sequence=46 time = 9 ms Sequence=47 time = 10 ms Sequence=48 time = 9 ms Sequence=49 time = 10 ms Sequence=50 time = 13 ms Sequence=51 time = 11 ms Sequence=52 time = 9 ms Sequence=53 time = 9 ms Sequence=54 time = 11 ms Sequence=55 time = 13 ms Sequence=56 time = 11 ms Sequence=57 time = 9 ms Sequence=58 time = 11 ms Sequence=59 time = 12 ms Sequence=60 time = 10 ms Sequence=61 time = 9 ms Sequence=62 time = 11 ms Sequence=63 time = 9 ms Sequence=64 time = 9 ms Sequence=65 time = 10 ms Sequence=66 time = 11 ms Sequence=67 time = 12 ms Sequence=68 time = 8 ms Sequence=69 time = 9 ms Sequence=70 time = 13 ms Sequence=71 time = 9 ms Sequence=72 time = 10 ms Sequence=73 time = 10 ms Sequence=74 time = 11 ms Sequence=75 time = 10 ms Sequence=76 time = 12 ms Sequence=77 time = 10 ms Sequence=78 time = 18 ms Sequence=79 time = 11 ms Sequence=80 time = 11 ms Sequence=81 time = 13 ms Sequence=82 time = 10 ms Sequence=83 time = 11 ms Sequence=84 time = 10 ms Sequence=85 time = 19 ms Sequence=86 time = 9 ms Sequence=87 time = 15 ms Sequence=88 time = 11 ms Sequence=89 time = 11 ms Sequence=90 time = 11 ms Sequence=91 time = 11 ms Sequence=92 time = 13 ms Sequence=93 time = 10 ms Sequence=94 time = 12 ms Sequence=95 time = 10 ms Sequence=96 time = 9 ms Sequence=97 time = 9 ms Sequence=98 time = 17 ms Sequence=99 time = 12 ms Sequence=100 time = 10 ms --.2.2.2: 2.2.2.2: 2.2.2.2: 2.2.2. press Tunnel 1/1/1 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1/32 up up [CX-A] display mpls lsp statistics Lsp Type Total Ingress Transit Egress STATIC LSP 0 0 0 0 STATIC CRLSP 0 0 0 0 LDP LSP 0 0 0 0 RSVP CRLSP 1 1 0 0 BGP LSP 0 0 0 0 ASBR LSP 0 0 0 0 BGP IPV6 LSP 0 0 0 0 L3VPN IPV6 LSP 0 0 0 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------LSP 0 0 0 0 CRLSP 1 1 0 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------Lsp Type IngressLspBypassState TransitLspBypassState ExistNotUsed InUse ExistNotUsed InUse RSVP CRLSP 0 0 0 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Step 4 Run the ping lsp -c 30 te Tunnel 1/1/1 command on CX. Ltd.2. Then open another window on CX.2: bytes=100 Sequence=4 time = 12 ms Error: The specified tunnel or lsp is invalid.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols [CX-A] display mpls lsp statistics Lsp Type Total Ingress Transit Egress STATIC LSP 0 0 0 0 STATIC CRLSP 0 0 0 0 LDP LSP 0 0 0 0 RSVP CRLSP 2 2 0 0 BGP LSP 0 0 0 0 ASBR LSP 0 0 0 0 BGP IPV6 LSP 0 0 0 0 L3VPN IPV6 LSP 0 0 0 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------LSP 0 0 0 0 CRLSP 2 2 0 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------Lsp Type IngressLspBypassState TransitLspBypassState ExistNotUsed InUse ExistNotUsed InUse RSVP CRLSP 0 1 0 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------- Step 3 Run the undo shutdown command on CX. 135 . [CX-A] display ip interface brief Tunnel *down: administratively down !down: FIB overload down (l): loopback (s): spoofing Interface IP Address/Mask Physical Protocol Tunnel1/1/1 1.2.2.A and run the shutdown command to disable GE 1/0/0 during the ping operation.2.1.2: bytes=100 Sequence=3 time = 13 ms Reply from 2.1.A to enable GE 1/0/0 and delete Tunnel1/1/2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=1 time = 14 ms Reply from 2.2.. The display command output shows that the LSP goes Down and packets are discarded because FRR is not enabled. The display command output shows that Tunnel1/1/1 is Up and is not bound to FRR and that Tunnel1/1/2 is deleted. [CX-A] ping lsp -c 30 te Tunnel 1/1/1 LSP PING FEC: TE TUNNEL IPV4 SESSION QUERY Tunnel1/1/1 : 100 CTRL_C to break Reply from 2.2.2: bytes=100 Sequence=2 time = 5 ms Reply from 2. [CX-A] display ip interface brief *down: administratively down !down: FIB overload down (l): loopback Issue 04 (2014-04-01) data bytes.2.2.A. Explicit paths can be configured for the primary and backup CR-LSPs. The calculated best-effort path varies according to the faulty node. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. traffic switches to the best-effort path.1. traffic switches to the best-effort LSP. A TE tunnel originates from the ingress PE1 and terminates at the egress PE2.1/32 Physical Protocol up down ----End 6. l The link layer has been commissioned. 136 . traffic switches to the backup CR-LSP. traffic switches back to the primary CR-LSP in 15 seconds. If both the primary and backup CR-LSPs fail. the best-effort path is PE1 -> P2 -> P1 -> PE2. The following LSPs need to be established: l Primary CR-LSP along the path PE1 --> P1 --> PE2 l Backup CR-LSP along the path PE1 --> P2 --> PE2 If the primary CR-LSP fails.18 Commissioning CR-LSP Hot Standby This section describes how to commission CR-LSP Hot Standby. see 5 Commissioning the Link Layer. Ltd. In this example. A best-effort path can be generated automatically.1. Prerequisites l The hardware has been checked. For more information. Context Figure 6-19 illustrates an MPLS VPN. For more information. CR-LSP hot backup and best-effort LSPs need to be configured. If both the primary and backup CR-LSPs fail. see 4 Checking the Hardware. After the primary CR-LSP recovers from the fault..HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide (s): spoofing Interface Tunnel1/1/1 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols IP Address/Mask 1. Assigne an IP address and mask to each interface.1. and configure the IP addresses of loopback interfaces as MPLS LSR IDs.2.4.1.1. On each LSR.1. Configure OSPF or IS-IS on each LSR to enable communication between LSRs.2/30 Loopback1 2.1.2/32 GE1/0/0 P2 10.1.2/30 10. Step 3 Configure basic MPLS functions.1/30 PE1 Loopback1 4.1. Step 2 Configure an IGP. Step 4 Configure basic MPLS TE functions. Step 5 Configure IS-IS TE and CSPF.1. 137 .2.1.3.2/30 PE2 Loopback1 3.4.. Enable MPLS-TE and MPLS RSVP-TE in the MPLS view and the interface view on each LSR. according to Figure 6-19.4. In this example.1.2.1/30 GE2/0/0 10. create loopback interfaces on LSRs.1/30 GE3/0/0 GE2/0/0 10.3/32 : Primary path : Backup path : Best-effort path Procedure Step 1 Assign an IP address to each interface.3.1.2/30 GE3/0/0 GE2/0/0 10. configure an LSR ID and enable MPLS in the system view and in the interface view. Ltd.5.1.1/30 GE1/0/0 10.2. IS-IS is configured.3.1. Set the maximum reservable bandwidth of links to 100 Mbit/s and the bandwidth of BC0 to 100 Mbit/s.1/30 10.3.1.4/32 GE1/0/0 10.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Figure 6-19 Networking diagram for CR-LSP hot backup Loopback1 1.5. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2 /30 GE2/0/0 10.1/32 GE1/0/0 P1 10.4. 3.4.2 next hop 3.1.3.3. set the switch delay time to 15 seconds.1.3.3.3 [PE1-Tunnel1/0/0] mpls te tunnel-id 100 [PE1-Tunnel1/0/0] mpls te path explicit-path main [PE1-Tunnel1/0/0] mpls te bandwidth ct0 10000 # Configure hot standby on the tunnel interface.2 Strict Include 2 10. # Configure a tunnel interface on PE1.1.1. [PE1] display mpls te tunnel-interface tunnel 1/0/0 ---------------------------------------------------------------Tunnel1/0/0 ---------------------------------------------------------------Tunnel State Desc : UP Active LSP : Primary LSP Session ID : 100 Ingress LSR ID : 4.3.3. [PE1] explicit-path backup [PE1-explicit-path-backup] [PE1-explicit-path-backup] [PE1-explicit-path-backup] [PE1-explicit-path-backup] next hop 10.3..2 Strict Include 2 10.2. specify the explicit path.2 next hop 10.2 Strict Include 3 3.3. # Configure the explicit path for the primary CR-LSP on PE1. specify the explicit path. [PE1] display explicit-path main Path Name : main Path Status : Enabled 1 10.1.4.3.4.3. 138 .3.2 next hop 3.3 Strict Include [PE1] display explicit-path backup Path Name : backup Path Status : Enabled 1 10.3 quit # Display information about the explicit path on PE1. Step 6 Configure the explicit paths for the primary and backup CR-LSPs respectively.3 Strict Include Step 7 Configure the tunnel interfaces.2 next hop 10.5.1. set the tunnel bandwidth to 10 Mbit/s. The command output shows that the primary and backup CR-LSPs have been established.4 Egress LSR ID: 3.3.1.1.2 Strict Include 3 3. and configure the best-effort LSP.3 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Configure IS-IS TE on each LSR and CSPF on PE1. [PE1-Tunnel1/0/0] [PE1-Tunnel1/0/0] [PE1-Tunnel1/0/0] [PE1-Tunnel1/0/0] [PE1-Tunnel1/0/0] mpls mpls mpls mpls quit te te te te backup hot-standby wtr 15 path explicit-path backup secondary backup ordinary best-effort commit Run the display mpls te tunnel-interface tunnel 1/0/0 command on PE1.5. <PE1> system-view [PE1] explicit-path main [PE1-explicit-path-main] [PE1-explicit-path-main] [PE1-explicit-path-main] [PE1-explicit-path-main] next hop 10.2. [PE1] interface tunnel 1/0/0 [PE1-Tunnel1/0/0] ip address unnumbered interface loopback 1 [PE1-Tunnel1/0/0] tunnel-protocol mpls te [PE1-Tunnel1/0/0] destination 3.3 quit # Configure the explicit path for the backup CR-LSP on PE1.3.4. 3.2 90 ms Transit 10. [PE1] ping lsp te tunnel 1/0/0 hot-standby LSP PING FEC: TE TUNNEL IPV4 SESSION QUERY CTRL_C to break Reply from 3. The command output shows that traffic has switched to the backup CRLSP. [PE1] display mpls te hot-standby state interface tunnel 1/0/0 ---------------------------------------------------------------Verbose information about the Tunnel1/0/0 hot-standby state ---------------------------------------------------------------session id : 100 main LSP token : 0x0 hot-standby LSP token : 0x100201b HSB switch result : Hot-standby LSP WTR : 15s using same path : no After the cable is reconnected to GE 2/0/0. press 380 ms 130 ms 70 ms 120 ms 120 ms --. Connect port 1 and port 2 on a tester to PE1 and PE2.3. Run the display mpls te hot-standby state interface tunnel 1/0/0 command on PE1.1.3: bytes=100 Sequence=3 Reply from 3.3.3. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.3. respectively.3.2/[13313 ] 1 10.3.3.3: bytes=100 Sequence=1 Reply from 3.3 130 ms Egress Step 8 Verify the configuration. Inject MPLS traffic destined for Port 2 into Port 1. 139 . traffic switches back to the primary CR-LSP after a 15–second delay. After the cable attached to GE 2/0/0 on PE1 or P1 is removed.5.3: bytes=100 Sequence=4 Reply from 3.1.3.3.1.3.2/[3 ] 2 3.3: bytes=100 Sequence=5 Tunnel1/0/0 : 100 time time time time time = = = = = data bytes. press CTRL_C to break.3. Ltd.3: bytes=100 Sequence=2 Reply from 3.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 70/164/380 ms # Run the tracert lsp te command to trace the path of the backup CR-LSP.. [PE1] tracert lsp te tunnel 1/0/0 hot-standby LSP Trace Route FEC: TE TUNNEL IPV4 SESSION QUERY Tunnel1/0/0 . [PE1] display mpls te hot-standby state interface Tunnel 1/0/0 ---------------------------------------------------------------Verbose information about the Tunnel1/0/0 hot-standby state ---------------------------------------------------------------session id : 100 main LSP token : 0x100201a hot-standby LSP token : 0x100201b HSB switch result : Primary LSP WTR : 15s using same path : no # Run the ping lsp te command to check the connection of the backup CR-LSP. TTL Replier Time Type Downstream 0 Ingress 10.FEC: TE TUNNEL IPV4 SESSION QUERY Tunnel1/0/0 ping statistics --5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0.3.3. the fault rectified within milliseconds.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide Admin State : Primary LSP State Main LSP State Hot-Standby LSP State Main LSP State 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols UP : UP : READY : UP : READY Oper State : UP LSP ID : 1 LSP ID : 32770 # Display information about hot backup. 3.2 Hop 3 10.2.1 Hop 5 1.1 Hop 7 10.1.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols After you remove the cable from GE 2/0/0 on PE1 or P1 and the cable from GE 2/0/0 on PE2 or P2.1.. the tunnel interface goes Down and then Up.2.1.4 :100 :32776 Hop Information Hop 0 10.3 Admin State : UP Oper State : UP Primary LSP State : DOWN Main LSP State : SETTING UP Hot-Standby LSP State : DOWN Main LSP State : SETTING UP Best-Effort LSP State : UP Main LSP State : READY LSP ID : 32773 [PE1] display mpls te tunnel path Tunnel Interface Name : Tunnel1/0/0 Lsp ID : 4.3.2. This section describes how to commission VPN FRR.4.3.1. VPN FRR is deployed on the network. and traffic has switched to the best-effort path. 140 .1 Hop 1 10.1 Hop 6 10. [PE1] display mpls te tunnel-interface tunnel 1/0/0 ---------------------------------------------------------------Tunnel1/0/0 ---------------------------------------------------------------Tunnel State Desc : UP Active LSP : Best-Effort LSP Session ID : 100 Ingress LSR ID : 4.4.1.2 Hop 4 10.4.3.1. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. This means that the best-effort path has been established.2 Hop 2 2. Ltd.4. you can configure VPN FRR to ensure the end-to-end VPN service fast switchover if the PE fails.1. Prerequisites The following configurations are complete and the device is running normally: l 4 Checking the Hardware l 5 Commissioning the Link Layer Context On the network shown in Figure 6-20.3 ----End 6.2 Hop 8 3.3.1.3.1.4 Egress LSR ID: 3.19 Commissioning VPN FRR In the networking of CE dual-homing.1.2. 3.3.2 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1.1 Peers in established state : 1 V AS MsgRcvd MsgSent 4 65401 3 5 OutQ Up/Down State 0 00:00:10 Established 1 Step 2 Run the display bgp vpnv4 all peer command on the PEs.1/30 PE2 GE2/0/0 10.2.1.2: Total number of peers : 1 Peer PrefRcv 10.2 Neighbour: 2. Ltd.3.2. [PE2] display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance vpn1 peer BGP local router ID : 2. <PE1> display ip routing-table vpn-instance vpn1 10.2 4 100 20 3.1/30 POS1/0/0 100.1. and the peer status is "Established".3.1.1.2/30 PE3 GE2/0/0 10.1.2.1/24 GE2/0/0 10.2.2 Local AS number : 100 VPN-Instance vpna.2. Router ID 2.2. the backup label and the backup Tunnel ID.0 verbose Route Flags: R .2. You can view that the peer is established between the PEs.0/24 Protocol: IBGP Process ID: 0 Preference: 255 Cost: 0 NextHop: 2.3.1.3.1.2.1.1.1 Local AS number : 100 Total number of peers : 2 Peer V AS MsgRcvd 2.1.2.1.2/30 Loopback1 3. and the peer status is "Established".2.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols Figure 6-20 Typical networking for commissioning VPN FRR Loopback1 2. 141 .1.1.2.1.1/32 AS100 100. You can view that the EBGP peer is established between the PEs and the CEs.1.2/32 VPN backbone Loopback1 POS1/0/0 1.1.2.2/30 POS2/0/0 100.1. D .2/30 vpn1 site GE1/0/0 10.relay.3 4 100 24 MsgSent 17 19 Peers in established state : 2 OutQ Up/Down State PrefRcv 0 00:13:26 Established 5 0 00:17:18 Established 5 Step 3 Run the display ip routing-table vpn-instance command to check the information about the backup next hop. [PE1] display bgp vpnv4 all peer BGP local router ID : 1.2.1.2.2.1/30 Link_A AS65410 CE PE1 Link_B GE3/0/0 10.1..3.1.download to fib -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Routing Table : vpn1 Summary Count : 1 Destination: 10.2.1/30 POS3/0/0 100.3/32 Procedure Step 1 Run the display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance command on the PEs. The relevant configuration is as follows: route-policy policy2 permit node 10 apply local-preference 200 # bgp 100 # ipv4-family vpnv4 peer 1. The relevant configuration is as follows: route-policy policy1 permit node 10 apply preferred-value 100 # bgp 100 # ipv4-family vpnv4 peer 2.2. set a higher PrefVal for the routes learnt from PE2..HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 6 Commissioning Services and Protocols State: Active Adv Relied Age: 00h15m06s Tag: 0 Priority: low Label: 15361 QoSInfo: 0x0 IndirectID: 0x13 RelayNextHop: 0. set a higher Local_Pref for the advertised routes.2. The router ID of PE2 is smaller than that of PE3 so that PE1 preferentially selects the route advertised by PE2. Ltd. that is. Link_A.2 route-policy policy1 import l In the BGP-VPNv4 address family view of PE2.1. you can modify VPNv4 route attributes in the BGP-VPNv4 address family view. ensuring that PE1 preferentially selecting Link_A. 142 . PE1 preferentially selects the route advertised by PE2. In this case. There are many methods to modify VPNv4 route attributes.3.0.1 route-policy policy2 export ----End Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. that is.1.0 Interface: Pos2/0/0 TunnelID: 0x6002002 Flags: RD BkNextHop: 3. both PE2 and PE3 advertise the route 10.1. Link_B. The following part shows the most common two methods: l In the BGP-VPNv4 address family view of PE1.0.3. If the router ID of PE2 is greater than that of PE3 in a real-world situation.1/24 with the same BGP attribute to PE1. To prevent the problem from occurring. VPN FRR fails if the preceding configurations are followed.3.3 BkInterface:Unknown BkLabel: 15362 SecTunnelID: 0x0 BkPETunnelID: 0x6002000 BkPESecTunnelID: 0x0 BkIndirectID: 0x15 NOTE In this example. 1 Example for Commissioning an IP Bearer Network This section provides an example about how to commission an IP bearer network. 7.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 7 Commission Examples 7 Commission Examples About This Chapter This chapter provides several typical commission examples.. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. 143 . and Internet services. l Core layer – This layer has two planes with each plane having five nodes that are fully meshed and located in five cities. – EBGP peer relationships are established between the PEs and RRs at the core layer. Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA). and the interface connected to the backbone network is called the network-side interface. the core layer and the access layer. BFD runs on main interfaces. cabled. The Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) runs between the PEs and switches. switches. This network consists of two layers. Global System for Mobile Communication (GSM). and core nodes by GE links. Prerequisites The CX600s are installed.1 Example for Commissioning an IP Bearer Network This section provides an example about how to commission an IP bearer network.. and Traffic Engineering (TE) tunnels are established between Ps on the same plane.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 7 Commission Examples 7. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The nodes on different planes are connected to each other through 10 Gbit/s Ethernet links. – The PEs at the same site are connected to each other. the interface connected to a switch is called the user-side interface. 144 . and backup paths are provided. ensuring high availability of the link between the two switches. – Remote LDP sessions are established between the PEs at different sites. and loaded with configuration scripts. Networking Figure 7-1 shows an IP core bearer network that provides multiple services such as 3G. l Access layer – Each NGW is dual-homed to two switches. Ltd. – Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) is used as an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) at the core layer. On each PE. Each switch is separately connected to a PE. The user-side interface contains multiple sub-interfaces with each sub-interface being bound to a VPN instance and serving as the gateway for the corresponding CE. Commission the hardware of each device.1 Checking the Software Version 3.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 7 Commission Examples Figure 7-1 IP core network topology Site 14 Site 1 Site 13 RR Site 2 Site 12 IGW P3 P1 Site 3 Site 11 Site 4 P5 P7 P2 P4 IGW Site 5 P8 P6 Site 7 Site 6 Site 10 Site 8 RR Site 9 Whole topologies 10G GE Site topologies Switch PE IP core network NGW Switch PE Procedure Step 1 1.2 Checking the Health Status of the CX600 4.4 Checking the Fan Status 6. 4. 145 . The detailed procedures are as follows: 1.. 4. 4. 2. Ltd. 4.1 Logging In to the CX600 by Using the Console Interface 2. 4.5 Checking the Power Status Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.3 Checking the Board Registration Status 5. 7 Checking the Interface Status 9. 4. including Loopback 0 interfaces l All interfaces on RRs. 5. The links between PEs and Ps need to be commissioned. The detailed procedures are as follows: NOTE After ensuring that all links work properly.1 Checking Ethernet Interfaces Step 3 Commission services and protocols.4 Commissioning IS-IS Routes Commission IS-IS between IS-IS-capable Ps and PEs. The detailed procedures are as follows: NOTE Commission the link layer after the hardware of each device is commissioned and the devices at the two ends of every link are normally started. commission routing protocols and services such as VPN services.8 Checking Alarm Information 7 Commission Examples 10. 4. 1. 1.9 Checking the Voltage of Each Board 11. 4. 6. Ltd. including Loopback 0 interfaces l Network-side interfaces on PEs. 4.6 Checking System Time 8. 4. 146 .. which connect the PEs to the MPLS backbone network l Loopback 0 interfaces on PEs l Interfaces connecting PEs and Ps Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 7.10 Checking the Temperature of Each Board Step 2 Commission the link layer. IS-IS is enabled on the following interfaces: l All interfaces on Ps. there are 14 sites in the network.. At each of the two sites. Ltd.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 7 Commission Examples Figure 7-2 IS-IS interfaces RR1 P3 P1 PE3 PE1 SW3 SW1 P5 P7 P2 SW2 PE2 P4 P6 P8 RR2 2. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SW4 PE4 ISIS interface 6. two PEs are deployed to provide access services. and each RR sets up MP-IBGP connections with 28 PEs.5 Commissioning IBGP Routes Figure 7-3 shows BGP connections at two sites as an example. In fact. 147 . Figure 7-4 shows the primary tunnels between Ps on the same plane.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 7 Commission Examples Figure 7-3 BGP connections RR1 RR2 P3 P1 PE3 PE1 P5 P7 PE2 P2 P4 PE4 P6 P8 MP-IBGP peer 3.8 Commissioning MPLS TE Commission the following tunnels. Ltd. All tunnel paths are defined based on the tunnel planning. 6.. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 148 . l Tunnel paths Not more than four primary tunnels exist between each P and the other Ps. Ltd. In all. and P8 each serves as the ingress of two primary tunnels.. The primary and backup tunnels do not share the direct links between cities. Based on the general tunnel design principle. P4. there are 20 primary tunnels. P5. and P6 each serves as the ingress of three primary tunnels. P1. P2.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 7 Commission Examples Figure 7-4 Primary tunnels P3 P1 P7 P5 P2 P4 P8 P6 In the figure. Figure 7-5 shows the deployment of backup tunnels. P3. Each primary tunnel has another tunnel as its backup. 149 . P7. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. all tunnels (including primary tunnels and backup tunnels) use strict explicit paths. Table 7-1 Backup tunnel paths on the upper plane Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Primary Tunnel Path Backup Tunnel Path P1-P3 P1-P2-P6-P4-P3 P1-P5 P1-P2-P8-P6-P5 P1-P7 P1-P2-P6-P8-P7 P7-P1 P7-P8-P6-P2-P1 P7-P5 P7-P8-P2-P6-P5 P5-P7 P5-P6-P2-P8-P7 P5-P1 P5-P6-P8-P2-P1 P5-P3 P5-P6-P2-P4-P3 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the primary tunnel P1->P5 cannot have P1->P2->P6->P5 as its backup tunnel. Its backup tunnel can be P1->P2->P8->P6->P5 or P1->P2->P4->P6->P5. 150 .HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 7 Commission Examples Figure 7-5 Backup tunnels P3 P1 P7 P5 P2 P4 P8 P6 Primary tunnel Backup tunnel Backup tunnels cannot use the direct links that have been used by the corresponding primary tunnels between cities. Ltd. Table 7-1 lists the backup tunnel paths on the upper plane. For example.. Ltd. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and is not provided here.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 7 Commission Examples Primary Tunnel Path Backup Tunnel Path P3-P5 P3-P4-P2-P6-P5 P3-P1 P3-P4-P6-P2-P1 Table 7-2 lists the backup tunnel paths on the lower plane. Hot backup and best-effort paths are configured to protect each link along the path. The design on the primary tunnel between P8 and P4 is similar to that on the primary tunnel between P7 and P3.. Table 7-2 Backup tunnel paths on the lower plane Primary Tunnel Path Backup Tunnel Path P2-P4 P2-P1-P5-P3-P4 P2-P6 P2-P1-P3-P5-P6 P2-P8 P2-P1-P5-P7-P8 P8-P2 P8-P7-P5-P1-P2 P8-P6 P8-P7-P1-P5-P6 P6-P8 P6-P5-P1-P7-P8 P6-P2 P6-P5-P3-P1-P2 P6-P4 P6-P5-P1-P3-P4 P4-P6 P4-P3-P1-P5-P6 P4-P2 P4-P3-P5-P1-P2 There is no direct link between P7 and P3. 151 . The path for the primary tunnel from P7 to P3 is shown in Figure 7-6. Ltd.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 7 Commission Examples Figure 7-6 Primary tunnel path from P7 to P3 P3 P1 P5 P7 P2 P4 P8 4. VPN tunnel LDP LSP Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and all the routes of a VPN instance use the same label.9 Commissioning BGP/MPLS IP VPN Commission VPN instances on all PEs and user-side interfaces on PEs. 152 .. P6 6. Table 7-3 describes VPN parameters. Table 7-3 VPN parameters Parameter Value VPN name l NGN_Media l NGN_Signal l NGN_Other Issue 04 (2014-04-01) VPN label allocation mode Each VPN instance is assigned a label. l CCC: indicates the site. l BBBB: indicates the VPN type. RT Table 7-4 describes RDs and RTs. The value 1 indicates plane A. l AAAAA: indicates the BGP AS number (65000). 153 . If the VPN is an enterprise VPN. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l D: indicates the number of a PE on a plane at a site l E: indicates the site. See Table 4.12 Commissioning BFD BFD configurations consist of the following items: l BFD for TE hot-standby l BFD for VPN FRR l BFD for VRRP Commission BFD for TE hot-standby on all Ps. the first two Bs identify the enterprise and the last two Bs identify the department. 6. the value 2 indicates plane B.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 7 Commission Examples Parameter Value RD The value is in the format of AAAAA:BBBBCCCDE. Table 7-4 RDs and RTs VPN Import RT Export RT Media stream 65000:0100 65000:0100 65000:0200 65000:0300 Signaling stream 65000:0100 65000:0200 65000:0200 65000:0300 Others 65000:0100 65000:0300 65000:0200 65000:0300 5. Ltd.. Establish BFD sessions between PEs at different sites on the same plane and commission BFD for VPN FRR. . ----End Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide 7 Commission Examples Commission BFD for VRRP on all PEs. 154 . 4 Interface Attributes of 1000Base-X-SFP This section describes the interface attributes of 1000Base-X-SFP and the attributes of 1000M SFP optical modules. A. A. the peer end will not receive any signals.6 Interface Attributes of 10GBase LAN-SFP+ This section describes the interface attributes of 10GBase LAN-SFP+ and the attributes of 10GBase SFP+ optical modules.5 Interface Attributes of 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP This section describes the interface attributes of 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP and the attributes of 10G XFP optical modules. A. A. A. A.9 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c cPOS-SFP Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.. 155 .3 Interface Attributes of 100/1000Base-CSFP This section describes the interface attributes of the interface attributes of 100/1000Base-CSFP. Otherwise. the following two conditions for the input optical power of the optical module must be met: l The input optical power must be greater than the receiver sensitivity of the optical module (3dBm). the attributes of 100M CSFP optical modules. Otherwise. the optical module may be damaged.7 Interface Attributes of 40GBase-CFP This section describes the interface attributes of 40GBase-CFP and the attributes of 40GBaseCFP optical modules.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide A A List of Interface Attributes List of Interface Attributes This chapter presents the list of Interface Attributes. l The input optical power must be lower than the overload optical power (3dBm).2 Interface Attributes of 100Base-FX This section describes the interface attributes of 100Base-FX.1 Interface Attributes of 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45 This section describes the interface attributes of 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45. NOTE To use the optical module on the local end. A. A. A. and the attributes of 1000M CSFP optical modules.8 Interface Attributes of 100GBase-CFP This section describes the interface attributes of 100GBase-CFP and the attributes of 100GBaseCFP optical modules. Ltd.17 Interface Attributes of CE1/CT1 This section describes the interface attributes of the CE1/CT1.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide A List of Interface Attributes This section describes the interface attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c cPOS-SFP and the attributes of 155M SFP optical modules.. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. A. A. A. 156 .11 Interface Attributes of OC-12c/STM-4c POS-SFP This section describes the interface attributes of OC-12c/STM-4c POS-SFP and the attributes of 622M SFP optical modules.15 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP This section describes the interface attributes of the OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP. A. A.5G SFP optical modules.10 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP This section describes the interface attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP and the attributes of 155M SFP optical modules. A. A.16 Interface Attributes of OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP This section describes the interface attributes of the OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP.14 Interface Attributes of OC-768c/STM-256c POS-LC A.13 Interface Attributes of OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP This section describes the interface attributes of OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP.12 Interface Attributes of OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP This section describes the interface attributes of OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP and the attributes of 2.18 Interface Attributes of E3/T3 This section describes the interface attributes of the E3/T3. A. Frame format Ethernet_II. Ltd.0 dBm -5.0 dBm Optical fiber type Multi-mode Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0 dBm Maximum transmitting power -14.71 mi.0 dBm -10.) 80 km (49.) 15 km (9.2 Interface Attributes of 100Base-FX This section describes the interface attributes of 100Base-FX.32 mi. Table A-1 The Interface attributes of the 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45 Attributes Description Connector type RJ45 Working mode 10M/100M/1000M auto-sensing and half-duplex and full-duplex Cable specification Super category 5 Shielded Twisted Pair (STP) cable is recommended.24 mi.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide A List of Interface Attributes A.0 dBm Overload power -14.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -37..86 mi. and Ethernet_SNAP Network protocol IP A. Table A-2 lists the interface attributes of 100Base-FX.) 40 km (24. Ethernet_SAP.0 dBm -8.1 Interface Attributes of 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000BaseT-RJ45 This section describes the interface attributes of 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45.) Center wavelength 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm Minimum transmitting power -19.0 dBm -10.0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm Receiving sensitivity -30. Table A-1 lists the interface attributes of 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45.0 dBm -31. 157 .0 dBm -37.0 dBm -5. Table A-2 The Attributes of 100M SFP optical modules Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Attributes Description Transmission distance 2 km (1.0 dBm -8. Table A-3 lists the interface attributes of the 100/1000Base-CSFP.0 dBm Optical fiber type Single-mode Table A-5 lists the attributes of the 1000M CSFP optical modules. and the attributes of 1000M CSFP optical modules. Ltd. and Ethernet_SNAP Network protocol IP Table A-4 lists the attributes of the 100M CSFP optical modules. Table A-5 Attributes of the 1000M CSFP optical modules Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Attributes Description Transmission distance 10 km (6.21 mi.0 dBm Receiving sensitivity -28.) Transmitting center wavelength 1550 nm Receiving center wavelength 1310 nm Minimum transmitting power -14.21 mi. Table A-4 Attributes of the 100M CSFP optical modules Attributes Description Transmission distance 10 km (6. Table A-3 Interface attributes of the 100/1000Base-CSFP Attributes Description Connector type LC/PC Interface attributes Compliant with the selected CSFP optical module. Working mode Full-duplex Frame format Ethernet_II.2 dBm Overload power -8.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide A List of Interface Attributes A. Ethernet_SAP.0 dBm Maximum transmitting power -8.. the attributes of 100M CSFP optical modules. 158 .3 Interface Attributes of 100/1000Base-CSFP This section describes the interface attributes of the interface attributes of 100/1000Base-CSFP.) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 86 mi.21 mi.5 dBm Overload power -3. Table A-6 lists the interface attributes of 1000Base-X-SFP.) 80 km (49.86 mi.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide A List of Interface Attributes Attributes Description Transmitting center wavelength 1490 nm Receiving center wavelength 1310 nm Minimum transmitting power -9. 159 .0 dBm Receiving sensitivity -19..) 100 km (62.4 Interface Attributes of 1000Base-X-SFP This section describes the interface attributes of 1000Base-X-SFP and the attributes of 1000M SFP optical modules. Table A-6 The Interface attributes of the 1000Base-X-SFP Attributes Description Connector type LC/PC Interface attributes Compliant with the selected SFP optical module (for the attributes of SFP modules.71 mi.5 km (0.) Center wavelength 850 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.31 mi. Ltd. and Ethernet_SNAP Network protocol IP Table A-7 lists the attributes of 1000M SFP optical modules.) 40 km (24. Ethernet_SAP.) 40 km (24.) 10 km (6.0 dBm Optical fiber type Single-mode A.14 mi. Table A-7 The Attributes of 1000M SFP optical modules Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Attributes Description Transmission distance 0.0 dBm Maximum transmitting power -3. see Table A-7) Working mode Full-duplex Frame format Ethernet_II. 0 dBm 0 dBm Maximum transmitting power -2.0 dBm -9.0 dBm Optical fiber type Multimode Singlemode Singlemode Singlemode Singlemode Singlemode A..0 dBm Overload power 0 dBm -3.5 dBm -21.5 dBm -4.0 dBm Receiving sensitivity -17.) 160 . Ethernet_SAP.0 dBm -2.71 mi.5 Interface Attributes of 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP This section describes the interface attributes of 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP and the attributes of 10G XFP optical modules.0 dBm -3. Ltd.) 40 km (24.) 10 km (6.0 dBm 5. Table A-9 Attributes of 10G XFP optical modules Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Attributes Description Transmission distance 0. Table A-8 lists the interface attributes of the 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP. see Table A-9) Working mode Full-duplex Frame format Ethernet_II.19 mi.5 dBm -9.0 dBm -3.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide A List of Interface Attributes Attributes Description Minimum transmitting power -9.3 km (0.0 dBm 5.0 dBm -3.0 dBm 1.21 mi. Table A-8 Interface attributes of the 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Attributes Description Connector type LC/PC Interface attributes Compliant with the selected XFP optical module (for the attributes of XFP modules.5 dBm -4.0 dBm -22.0 dBm -30.0 dBm 3.) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0 dBm -23. and Ethernet_SNAP Network protocol IP Table A-9 lists the attributes of the 10G XFP optical modules. 80 km (49.0 dBm -20.86 mi.5 dBm -3. 0 dBm Receiving sensitivity -7.3 dBm -6. Table A-10 lists the interface attributes of the 10GBase LAN-SFP+.0 dBm 0.5 dBm -1..0 dBm 2. and Ethernet_SNAP Network protocol IP Table A-11 lists the attributes of the 10GBase SFP+ optical modules. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0 dBm 0 dBm Maximum transmitting power -1.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -24. Ltd.3 dBm -1. Ethernet_SAP.0 dBm Optical fiber type Multi-mode Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode A. Table A-10 Interface attributes of the 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Attributes Description Connector type LC/PC Interface attributes Compliant with the selected SFP+ optical module (for the attributes of SFP+ modules.6 Interface Attributes of 10GBase LAN-SFP+ This section describes the interface attributes of 10GBase LAN-SFP+ and the attributes of 10GBase SFP+ optical modules.5 dBm -11.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide A List of Interface Attributes Attributes Description Center wavelength 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm Minimum transmitting power -7.0 dBm -1. 161 .0 dBm 4.0 dBm Overload power -1.0 dBm -7. see Table A-11) Working mode Full-duplex Frame format Ethernet_II. and Ethernet_SNAP Network protocol IP Table A-13 lists the attributes of 40GBase-CFP optical modules.0 dBm 0. Table A-12 Interface attributes of the 40GBase-CFP Attributes Description Connector type SC Interface attributes Compliant with the selected CFP optical module (for the attributes of CFP modules. Ethernet_SAP. Table A-12 lists the interface attributes of 40GBase-CFP.7 dBm 0 dBm Maximum transmitting power -1 dBm 0.21 mi. 162 .) 10 km (6.2 dBm -4.1 dBm -12.5 dBm -7 dBm Optical fiber type Multi-mode Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode A.) 40 km (24.1 dBm -24 dBm Overload power -1.86 mi.) Center wavelength 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm Minimum transmitting power -7.7 Interface Attributes of 40GBase-CFP This section describes the interface attributes of 40GBase-CFP and the attributes of 40GBaseCFP optical modules. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0 dBm 4.0 dBm Receiving sensitivity -11.3 km (0.6 dBm -14..HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide A List of Interface Attributes Table A-11 Attributes of 10GBase SFP+ optical modules Attributes Description Transmission distance 0.) 80 km(49.71 mi. Ltd.5 dBm 0. see Table A-13) Working mode Full-duplex Frame format Ethernet_II.19 mi.5 dBm 4.3 dBm -8. Table A-15 lists the attributes of the 100GBase-CFP optical modules. and Ethernet_SNAP Network protocol IP lists the attributes of 100GBase-CFP optical modules. Ltd.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide A List of Interface Attributes Table A-13 Attributes of 40GBase-CFP optical modules Attributes Description Transmission distance 10 km (6. Table A-14 lists the interface attributes of 100GBase-CFP. Table A-14 Interface attributes of the 100GBase-CFP Attributes Description Connector type SC/LC Interface attributes Compliant with the selected CFP optical module (for the attributes of SFP modules.) Center wavelength 1310 nm Minimum transmitting power -4 dBm Maximum transmitting power 3.8 Interface Attributes of 100GBase-CFP This section describes the interface attributes of 100GBase-CFP and the attributes of 100GBaseCFP optical modules..21 mi. 10 km (6.) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table A-15 Attributes of 100GBase-CFP optical modules Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Attributes Description Transmission distance 10 km (6.7 dBm Overload power 3.21 mi.21 mi. see Table A-15) Working mode Full-duplex Frame format Ethernet_II.5 dBm Optical fiber type Single-mode A. Ethernet_SAP.5 dBm Receiving sensitivity -13.) 163 . and cRTP Network protocol IP Table A-17 lists the attributes of the 155M SFP optical modules.) 40 km (24.5 dBm 3.8 dBm Maximum transmitting power 4.) Center wavelength 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. MP.8 dBm Overload power 4.) 15 km (9.86 mi.5 dBm Receiving sensitivity -8. Table A-16 Interface attributes of the OC-3c/STM-1 cPOS-SFP Attributes Description Connector type LC/PC Interface attributes Compliant with the selected SFP optical module (for the attributes of SFP modules. HDLC.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide A List of Interface Attributes Attributes Description Center wavelength 1310 nm 1550 nm Minimum transmitting power -4. Ltd.6 dBm -8.5 dBm Optical fiber type Single-mode Single-mode A. Table A-16 lists the interface attributes of OC-3c/STM-1 cPOS-SFP.9 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c cPOS-SFP This section describes the interface attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c cPOS-SFP and the attributes of 155M SFP optical modules..) 80 km (49.3 dBm -2.5 dBm 3. Table A-17 Attributes of the 155M SFP optical modules Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Attributes Description Transmission distance 2 km (1. 164 .32 mi.24 mi.71 mi. see Table A-17) Working mode Full-duplex Link protocol PPP. Ltd.32 mi.0 dBm -37.0 dBm -37.0 dBm -10.24 mi.0 dBm Optical fiber type Multi-mode Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode A.86 mi. Table A-18 Interface attributes of the OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP Attributes Description Connector type LC/PC Interface attributes Compliant with the selected SFP optical module (for the attributes of SFP modules.) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0 dBm -8.0 dBm -8.0 dBm -15.) 40 km (24. Table A-18 lists the interface attributes of the OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP.0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm Receiving sensitivity -30.0 dBm -10.0 dBm -5. see Table A-19) Working mode Full-duplex Link protocol PPP and HDLC Network protocol IP Table A-19 lists the attributes of the 155M SFP optical modules..HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide A List of Interface Attributes Attributes Description Minimum transmitting power -19.71 mi.0 dBm Maximum transmitting power -14.0 dBm -5.) 15 km (9. 80 km (49.0 dBm -31. Table A-19 Attributes of 155M SFP optical modules Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Attributes Description Transmission distance 2 km (1.10 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP This section describes the interface attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP and the attributes of 155M SFP optical modules.) 165 .0 dBm Overload power -14. 0 dBm -37.0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm Receiving sensitivity -30.0 dBm -8.11 Interface Attributes of OC-12c/STM-4c POS-SFP This section describes the interface attributes of OC-12c/STM-4c POS-SFP and the attributes of 622M SFP optical modules. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table A-20 lists the interface attributes of OC-12c/STM-4c POS-SFP.0 dBm -37. Table A-20 Interface attributes of the OC-12c/STM-4c POS-SFP Attributes Description Connector type LC/PC Interface attributes Compliant with the selected SFP optical module (for the attributes of SFP modules.0 dBm -5. Ltd.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide A List of Interface Attributes Attributes Description Center wavelength 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm Minimum transmitting power -19.0 dBm -15..0 dBm -10. 166 .0 dBm -10.0 dBm -31.0 dBm Overload power -14.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -8. see Table A-21) Working mode Full-duplex Link protocol PPP and HDLC Network protocol IP Table A-21 lists the attributes of the 622M SFP optical modules.0 dBm Optical fiber type Multi-mode Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode A.0 dBm Maximum transmitting power -14. 71 mi.0 dBm Receiving sensitivity -31.0 dBm -30. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 167 . see Table A-23) Working mode Full-duplex Link protocol PPP and HDLC Network protocol IP Table A-23 lists the attributes of the 2.5G SFP optical modules.32 mi.0 dBm -3.) Center wavelength 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm Minimum transmitting power -15..0 dBm -3.0 dBm -8.5G SFP optical modules.0 dBm -30.86 mi.0 dBm Optical fiber type Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode A.0 dBm Overload power -8.) 40 km (24. Table A-22 lists the interface attributes of OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP. Ltd.) 80 km (49.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide A List of Interface Attributes Table A-21 Attributes of the 622M SFP optical modules Attributes Description Transmission distance 15 km (9.0 dBm -8.0 dBm Maximum transmitting power -8 dBm 2.0 dBm 2.12 Interface Attributes of OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP This section describes the interface attributes of OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP and the attributes of 2. Table A-22 Interface attributes of the OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP Attributes Description Connector type LC/PC Interface attributes Compliant with the selected SFP optical module (for the attributes of SFP modules. 0 dBm -30.5G SFP optical modules Attributes Description Transmission distance 2 km (1. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.86 mi.0 dBm Maximum transmitting power -3.) Center wavelength 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm Minimum transmitting power -10.) 80 km (49.0 dBm 0 dBm -9.0 dBm 0 dBm 3.32 mi. 168 .0 dBm Receiving sensitivity -21.) 15 km (9. see Table A-25) Working mode Full-duplex Link protocol PPP and HDLC Network protocol IP Table A-25 lists the interface attributes of the 10G XFP optical modules.0 dBm Optical fiber type Multi-mode Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode A..0 dBm -21.71 mi.0 dBm -9. Table A-24 Interface attributes of the OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP Attributes Description Connector type LC/PC Interface attributes Compliant with the selected XFP optical module (for the attributes of XFP modules.0 dBm -5. Table A-24 lists the interface attributes of the OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP.0 dBm -30.0 dBm -2.0 dBm -2.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide A List of Interface Attributes Table A-23 Attributes of the 2.) 40 km (24.24 mi.0 dBm Overload power -3.13 Interface Attributes of OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP This section describes the interface attributes of OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP. Ltd.0 dBm 3. 21 mi. In addition. 169 .0 dBm Receiving sensitivity -11.0 dBm -15. you need to purchase it additionally.0 dBm Overload power 0.) Center wavelength 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm Minimum -6.0 dBm -7. If this type of optical fiber is required.5 200 2 ~33 (1.) 80 km (49.0 dBm Optical fiber type Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode The 10G XFP multi-mode optical transceiver supports two types of multi-mode optical fibers with different cores.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide A List of Interface Attributes Table A-25 Attributes of the 10G XFP optical modules Attributes Description Transmission distance 10 km (6. Ltd.0 dBm -24.42) 50 500 2 ~82 (1.0 dBm 0 dBm Maximum -1. Table A-26 Transmission distance of the 10G XFP optical modules Core Fiber (μm) Modal/Bandwidth (Mhz*km) Transmission Distance (km) 50 2000 2 ~300 (1.24 ~ 20. During configuration. and the transmission distance.. Table A-27 Interface attributes of the OC-768c/STM-256c POS-LC Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Attributes Description Connector type LC Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0 dBm transmitting power 2. the optical fiber with the 50 um core and 2000 MHz*km modal/bandwidth is a special type.24 ~50.) 40 km (24.24 ~ 186.14 Interface Attributes of OC-768c/STM-256c POS-LC Table A-27 lists the interface attributes of the OC-768c/STM-256c POS-LC.0 dBm transmitting power -1.0 dBm 4. Table A-26 lists the relationship between the core.95) 62. the length of optical fibers is restricted by the transmission distance.5 dBm -1. which is not delivered by Huawei.51) A. the modal/bandwidth.86 mi.71 mi. Table A-29 Interface attributes of the OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP Attributes Description Connector type LC/PC Interface attributes Compliant with the selected SFP optical module (for the attributes of SFP modules. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.) Center wavelength 1550 nm Minimum transmitting power 0 dBm Maximum transmitting power 3 dBm Receiving sensitivity -6 dBm Overload power 3 dBm Optical fiber type Single-mode A.. Ltd. Table A-28 Attributes of the 40G optical modules Attributes Description Transmission distance 2 km (1.15 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP This section describes the interface attributes of the OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP. Table A-29 lists the interface attributes of the OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP.24 mi. 170 . see Table A-30) Working mode Full-duplex Link protocol IPoA Network protocol IP Table A-30 lists the attributes of the 155M SFP optical modules.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide A List of Interface Attributes Attributes Description Compliant standard STM-256c/OC-768c SONET Link protocol PPP and HDLC Table A-28 lists the attributes of the 40G optical modules. 0 dBm -37.0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm Receiving sensitivity -30.0 dBm -10.32 mi.) 15 km (9.0 dBm Optical fiber type Multi-mode Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode A. Ltd.) 40 km (24. see Table A-32) Working mode Full-duplex Link protocol IPoA Network protocol IP Table A-32 lists the attributes of the 622M SFP optical modules.0 dBm -5. 171 .0 dBm -5.0 dBm Overload power -14.0 dBm -8.71 mi.0 dBm -15. Table A-31 lists the interface attributes of the OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP.) Center wavelength 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm Minimum transmitting power -19.16 Interface Attributes of OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP This section describes the interface attributes of the OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide A List of Interface Attributes Table A-30 Attributes of the 155M SFP optical modules Attributes Description Transmission distance 2 km (1.0 dBm -37.24 mi.86 mi.) 80 km (49.0 dBm Maximum transmitting power -14.0 dBm -10.0 dBm -31.. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table A-31 Interface attributes of the 2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP FPIC Attributes Description Connector type LC/PC Optical interface attributes Compliant with the selected SFP optical module (for the attributes of SFP modules.0 dBm -8. cRTP.82 ft) 270 m (885.18 Interface Attributes of E3/T3 This section describes the interface attributes of the E3/T3.) 40 km (24. MLPPP.) 80 km (49. Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. HDLC.0 dBm -8.71 mi.0 dBm -3.544 Mbit/s Working mode Full-duplex Full-duplex Maximum transmission distance 270 m (885.0 dBm -30.17 Interface Attributes of CE1/CT1 This section describes the interface attributes of the CE1/CT1.) Center wavelength 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm Minimum transmitting power -15.0 dBm Receiving sensitivity -31.0 dBm Optical fiber type Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode A.0 dBm -30.82 ft) Link protocol PPP. FR A.0 dBm 2.86 mi.0 dBm Overload power -8. Table A-33 Interface attributes of the CE1/CT1 Attributes Description Type CE1 CT1 Rate 2.32 mi. 172 .0 dBm -3. Ltd.048 Mbit/s 1. Table A-33 lists the interface attributes of the CE1/CT1.0 dBm Maximum transmitting power -8 dBm 2.0 dBm -8.HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide A List of Interface Attributes Table A-32 Attributes of the 622M SFP optical modules Attributes Description Transmission distance 15 km (9.. . Table A-34 Interface attributes of the E3/T3 Issue 04 (2014-04-01) Attributes Description Connector type SMB SMB Type E3 T3 Rate 34. Ltd.08 ft) Link protocol PPP and HDLC Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.368 Mbit/s 44.08 ft) 100 m (328.736 Mbit/s Working mode Full-duplex Full-duplex Maximum transmission distance 100 m (328. 173 .HUAWEI CX600 Metro Service Platform Commissioning Guide A List of Interface Attributes Table A-34 lists the interface attributes of the E3/T3.
Copyright © 2024 DOKUMEN.SITE Inc.